As discussed with Mathy almost two years ago in
http://lore.kernel.org/r/20180806224857.14853-1-Mathy.Vanhoef@cs.kuleuven.be
we should let userspace process SA-QUERY frames if it
wants to, so that it can handle OCV (operating channel
validation) which mac80211 doesn't know how to.
Evidently I had been expecting Mathy to (re)send such a
patch, but he never did, perhaps expecting me to do it
after our discussion.
In any case, this came up now with OCV getting more
attention, so move the code around as discussed there
to let userspace handle it, and do it properly.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200526103131.1f9cf7e5b6db.Iae5b42b09ad2b1cbcbe13492002c43f0d1d51dfc@changeid
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This adds the necessary capabilities in nl80211 to allow drivers to
assign a cookie to control port TX frames (returned via extack in
the netlink ACK message of the command) and then later report the
frame's status.
Signed-off-by: Markus Theil <markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200508144202.7678-2-markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de
[use extack cookie instead of explicit message, recombine patches]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The current codebase makes use of the zero-length array language
extension to the C90 standard, but the preferred mechanism to declare
variable-length types such as these ones is a flexible array member[1][2],
introduced in C99:
struct foo {
int stuff;
struct boo array[];
};
By making use of the mechanism above, we will get a compiler warning
in case the flexible array does not occur last in the structure, which
will help us prevent some kind of undefined behavior bugs from being
inadvertently introduced[3] to the codebase from now on.
Also, notice that, dynamic memory allocations won't be affected by
this change:
"Flexible array members have incomplete type, and so the sizeof operator
may not be applied. As a quirk of the original implementation of
zero-length arrays, sizeof evaluates to zero."[1]
sizeof(flexible-array-member) triggers a warning because flexible array
members have incomplete type[1]. There are some instances of code in
which the sizeof operator is being incorrectly/erroneously applied to
zero-length arrays and the result is zero. Such instances may be hiding
some bugs. So, this work (flexible-array member conversions) will also
help to get completely rid of those sorts of issues.
This issue was found with the help of Coccinelle.
[1] https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Zero-Length.html
[2] https://github.com/KSPP/linux/issues/21
[3] commit 7649773293 ("cxgb3/l2t: Fix undefined behaviour")
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavoars@kernel.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200507185907.GA15102@embeddedor
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The current codebase makes use of the zero-length array language
extension to the C90 standard, but the preferred mechanism to declare
variable-length types such as these ones is a flexible array member[1][2],
introduced in C99:
struct foo {
int stuff;
struct boo array[];
};
By making use of the mechanism above, we will get a compiler warning
in case the flexible array does not occur last in the structure, which
will help us prevent some kind of undefined behavior bugs from being
inadvertently introduced[3] to the codebase from now on.
Also, notice that, dynamic memory allocations won't be affected by
this change:
"Flexible array members have incomplete type, and so the sizeof operator
may not be applied. As a quirk of the original implementation of
zero-length arrays, sizeof evaluates to zero."[1]
sizeof(flexible-array-member) triggers a warning because flexible array
members have incomplete type[1]. There are some instances of code in
which the sizeof operator is being incorrectly/erroneously applied to
zero-length arrays and the result is zero. Such instances may be hiding
some bugs. So, this work (flexible-array member conversions) will also
help to get completely rid of those sorts of issues.
This issue was found with the help of Coccinelle.
[1] https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Zero-Length.html
[2] https://github.com/KSPP/linux/issues/21
[3] commit 7649773293 ("cxgb3/l2t: Fix undefined behaviour")
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavoars@kernel.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200507183909.GA12993@embeddedor
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If the driver advertises NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ
userspace can omit NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES in favor
of an NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. To get scan results in
KHz userspace must also set the
NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ.
This lets nl80211 remain compatible with older userspaces
while not requring and sending redundant (and potentially
incorrect) scan frequency sets.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200430172554.18383-4-thomas@adapt-ip.com
[use just nla_nest_start() (not _noflag) for NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
cfg80211 recently gained the ability to understand a
frequency offset component in KHz. Expose this in nl80211
through the new attributes NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET,
NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET,
NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET, and
NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET.
These add support to send and receive a KHz offset
component with the following NL80211 commands:
- NL80211_CMD_FRAME
- NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN
- NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
- NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
- NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
Along with any other command which takes a chandef, ie:
- NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL
- NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY
- NL80211_CMD_START_AP
- NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT
- NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR
- NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH
- NL80211_JOIN_IBSS
- NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL
- NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB
- NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH
- NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH
If the driver advertises a band containing channels with
frequency offset, it must also verify support for
frequency offset channels in its cfg80211 ops, or return
an error.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200430172554.18383-3-thomas@adapt-ip.com
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Drivers may wish to report the RX frequency in units of
KHz. Provide cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz() and wrap it with
cfg80211_rx_mgmt() so exisiting drivers which can't report
KHz anyway don't need to change. Add a similar wrapper for
cfg80211_report_obss_beacon() so the frequency units stay
somewhat consistent.
This doesn't actually change the nl80211 API yet.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200430172554.18383-2-thomas@adapt-ip.com
[fix mac80211 calling the non-khz version of obss beacon report,
drop trace point name changes]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Current rule for applying TID configuration for specific peer looks overly
complicated. No need to reject new TID configuration when override flag is
specified. Another call with the same TID configuration, but without
override flag, allows to apply new configuration anyway.
Use the same approach as for the 'all peers' case: if override flag is
specified, then reset existing TID configuration and immediately
apply a new one.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Matyukevich <sergey.matyukevich.os@quantenna.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200424112905.26770-5-sergey.matyukevich.os@quantenna.com
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Allow the user to configure where on the cable the TDR data should be
retrieved, in terms of first and last sample, and the step between
samples. Also add the ability to ask for TDR data for just one pair.
If this configuration is not provided, it defaults to 1-150m at 1m
intervals for all pairs.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
v3:
Move the TDR configuration into a structure
Add a range check on step
Use NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR() when appropriate
Move TDR configuration into a nest
Document attributes in the request
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add helpers for returning raw TDR helpers in netlink messages.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the generic parts of the code used to trigger a cable test and
return raw TDR data. Any PHY driver which support this must implement
the new driver op.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
v2
Update nxp-tja11xx for API change.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change 'handeled' to 'handled' in the Kconfig help for SCTP.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <chris.packham@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can try to coalesce skbs we take from the subflows rx queue with the
tail of the mptcp rx queue.
If successful, the skb head can be discarded early.
We can also free the skb extensions, we do not access them after this.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Netlink policies are generally declared as const.
This is safer and prevents potential bugs.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Vyukov <dvyukov@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* hwsim improvements from Jouni and myself, to be able to
test more scenarios easily
* some more HE (802.11ax) support
* some initial S1G (sub 1 GHz) work for fractional MHz channels
* some (action) frame registration updates to help DPP support
* along with other various improvements/fixes
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=MVBJ
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-net-next-2020-04-25' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
One batch of changes, containing:
* hwsim improvements from Jouni and myself, to be able to
test more scenarios easily
* some more HE (802.11ax) support
* some initial S1G (sub 1 GHz) work for fractional MHz channels
* some (action) frame registration updates to help DPP support
* along with other various improvements/fixes
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to the last path, need to fix fib_info_nh_uses_dev for
external nexthops to avoid referencing multiple nh_grp structs.
Move the device check in fib_info_nh_uses_dev to a helper and
create a nexthop version that is called if the fib_info uses an
external nexthop.
Fixes: 430a049190 ("nexthop: Add support for nexthop groups")
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
FIB lookups can return an entry that references an external nexthop.
While walking the nexthop struct we do not want to make multiple calls
into the nexthop code which can result in 2 different structs getting
accessed - one returning the number of paths the rest of the loop
seeing a different nh_grp struct. If the nexthop group shrunk, the
result is an attempt to access a fib_nh_common that does not exist for
the new nh_grp struct but did for the old one.
To fix that move the device evaluation code to a helper that can be
used for inline fib_nh path as well as external nexthops.
Update the existing check for fi->nh in fib_table_lookup to call a
new helper, nexthop_get_nhc_lookup, which walks the external nexthop
with a single rcu dereference.
Fixes: 430a049190 ("nexthop: Add support for nexthop groups")
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We must avoid modifying published nexthop groups while they might be
in use, otherwise we might see NULL ptr dereferences. In order to do
that we allocate 2 nexthoup group structures upon nexthop creation
and swap between them when we have to delete an entry. The reason is
that we can't fail nexthop group removal, so we can't handle allocation
failure thus we move the extra allocation on creation where we can
safely fail and return ENOMEM.
Fixes: 430a049190 ("nexthop: Add support for nexthop groups")
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move nh_grp dereference and check for removing nexthop group due to
all members gone into remove_nh_grp_entry.
Fixes: 430a049190 ("nexthop: Add support for nexthop groups")
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With struct flow_dissector_key_mpls now recording the first
FLOW_DIS_MPLS_MAX labels, we can extend Flower to filter on any of
these LSEs independently.
In order to avoid creating new netlink attributes for every possible
depth, let's define a new TCA_FLOWER_KEY_MPLS_OPTS nested attribute
that contains the list of LSEs to match. Each LSE is represented by
another attribute, TCA_FLOWER_KEY_MPLS_OPTS_LSE, which then contains
the attributes representing the depth and the MPLS fields to match at
this depth (label, TTL, etc.).
For each MPLS field, the mask is always set to all-ones, as this is
what the original API did. We could allow user configurable masks in
the future if there is demand for more flexibility.
The new API also allows to only specify an LSE depth. In that case,
Flower only verifies that the MPLS label stack depth is greater or
equal to the provided depth (that is, an LSE exists at this depth).
Filters that only match on one (or more) fields of the first LSE are
dumped using the old netlink attributes, to avoid confusing user space
programs that don't understand the new API.
Signed-off-by: Guillaume Nault <gnault@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current MPLS dissector only parses the first MPLS Label Stack
Entry (second LSE can be parsed too, but only to set a key_id).
This patch adds the possibility to parse several LSEs by making
__skb_flow_dissect_mpls() return FLOW_DISSECT_RET_PROTO_AGAIN as long
as the Bottom Of Stack bit hasn't been seen, up to a maximum of
FLOW_DIS_MPLS_MAX entries.
FLOW_DIS_MPLS_MAX is arbitrarily set to 7. This should be enough for
many practical purposes, without wasting too much space.
To record the parsed values, flow_dissector_key_mpls is modified to
store an array of stack entries, instead of just the values of the
first one. A bit field, "used_lses", is also added to keep track of
the LSEs that have been set. The objective is to avoid defining a
new FLOW_DISSECTOR_KEY_MPLS_XX for each level of the MPLS stack.
TC flower is adapted for the new struct flow_dissector_key_mpls layout.
Matching on several MPLS Label Stack Entries will be added in the next
patch.
The NFP and MLX5 drivers are also adapted: nfp_flower_compile_mac() and
mlx5's parse_tunnel() now verify that the rule only uses the first LSE
and fail if it doesn't.
Finally, the behaviour of the FLOW_DISSECTOR_KEY_MPLS_ENTROPY key is
slightly modified. Instead of recording the first Entropy Label, it
now records the last one. This shouldn't have any consequences since
there doesn't seem to have any user of FLOW_DISSECTOR_KEY_MPLS_ENTROPY
in the tree. We'd probably better do a hash of all parsed MPLS labels
instead (excluding reserved labels) anyway. That'd give better entropy
and would probably also simplify the code. But that's not the purpose
of this patch, so I'm keeping that as a future possible improvement.
Signed-off-by: Guillaume Nault <gnault@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Fix revert dynamic lockdep key changes for batman-adv,
by Sven Eckelmann
- use rcu_replace_pointer() where appropriate, by Antonio Quartulli
- Revert "disable ethtool link speed detection when auto negotiation
off", by Sven Eckelmann
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=vDHL
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'batadv-next-for-davem-20200526' of git://git.open-mesh.org/linux-merge
Simon Wunderlich says:
====================
This cleanup patchset includes the following patches:
- Fix revert dynamic lockdep key changes for batman-adv,
by Sven Eckelmann
- use rcu_replace_pointer() where appropriate, by Antonio Quartulli
- Revert "disable ethtool link speed detection when auto negotiation
off", by Sven Eckelmann
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When streaming in Nagle mode, we try to bundle small messages from user
as many as possible if there is one outstanding buffer, i.e. not ACK-ed
by the receiving side, which helps boost up the overall throughput. So,
the algorithm's effectiveness really depends on when Nagle ACK comes or
what the specific network latency (RTT) is, compared to the user's
message sending rate.
In a bad case, the user's sending rate is low or the network latency is
small, there will not be many bundles, so making a Nagle ACK or waiting
for it is not meaningful.
For example: a user sends its messages every 100ms and the RTT is 50ms,
then for each messages, we require one Nagle ACK but then there is only
one user message sent without any bundles.
In a better case, even if we have a few bundles (e.g. the RTT = 300ms),
but now the user sends messages in medium size, then there will not be
any difference at all, that says 3 x 1000-byte data messages if bundled
will still result in 3 bundles with MTU = 1500.
When Nagle is ineffective, the delay in user message sending is clearly
wasted instead of sending directly.
Besides, adding Nagle ACKs will consume some processor load on both the
sending and receiving sides.
This commit adds a test on the effectiveness of the Nagle algorithm for
an individual connection in the network on which it actually runs.
Particularly, upon receipt of a Nagle ACK we will compare the number of
bundles in the backlog queue to the number of user messages which would
be sent directly without Nagle. If the ratio is good (e.g. >= 2), Nagle
mode will be kept for further message sending. Otherwise, we will leave
Nagle and put a 'penalty' on the connection, so it will have to spend
more 'one-way' messages before being able to re-enter Nagle.
In addition, the 'ack-required' bit is only set when really needed that
the number of Nagle ACKs will be reduced during Nagle mode.
Testing with benchmark showed that with the patch, there was not much
difference in throughput for small messages since the tool continuously
sends messages without a break, so Nagle would still take in effect.
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jmaloy@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Tuong Lien <tuong.t.lien@dektech.com.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit enables dumping the statistics of a broadcast-receiver link
like the traditional 'broadcast-link' one (which is for broadcast-
sender). The link dumping can be triggered via netlink (e.g. the
iproute2/tipc tool) by the link flag - 'TIPC_NLA_LINK_BROADCAST' as the
indicator.
The name of a broadcast-receiver link of a specific peer will be in the
format: 'broadcast-link:<peer-id>'.
For example:
Link <broadcast-link:1001002>
Window:50 packets
RX packets:7841 fragments:2408/440 bundles:0/0
TX packets:0 fragments:0/0 bundles:0/0
RX naks:0 defs:124 dups:0
TX naks:21 acks:0 retrans:0
Congestion link:0 Send queue max:0 avg:0
In addition, the broadcast-receiver link statistics can be reset in the
usual way via netlink by specifying that link name in command.
Note: the 'tipc_link_name_ext()' is removed because the link name can
now be retrieved simply via the 'l->name'.
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jmaloy@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Tuong Lien <tuong.t.lien@dektech.com.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In some environment, broadcast traffic is suppressed at high rate (i.e.
a kind of bandwidth limit setting). When it is applied, TIPC broadcast
can still run successfully. However, when it comes to a high load, some
packets will be dropped first and TIPC tries to retransmit them but the
packet retransmission is intentionally broadcast too, so making things
worse and not helpful at all.
This commit enables the broadcast retransmission via unicast which only
retransmits packets to the specific peer that has really reported a gap
i.e. not broadcasting to all nodes in the cluster, so will prevent from
being suppressed, and also reduce some overheads on the other peers due
to duplicates, finally improve the overall TIPC broadcast performance.
Note: the functionality can be turned on/off via the sysctl file:
echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/tipc/bc_retruni
echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/tipc/bc_retruni
Default is '0', i.e. the broadcast retransmission still works as usual.
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jmaloy@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Tuong Lien <tuong.t.lien@dektech.com.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the previous commit ("tipc: add Gap ACK blocks support for broadcast
link"), we have removed the following link trace events due to the code
changes:
- tipc_link_bc_ack
- tipc_link_retrans
This commit adds them back along with some minor changes to adapt to
the new code.
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jmaloy@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Tuong Lien <tuong.t.lien@dektech.com.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As achieved through commit 9195948fbf ("tipc: improve TIPC throughput
by Gap ACK blocks"), we apply the same mechanism for the broadcast link
as well. The 'Gap ACK blocks' data field in a 'PROTOCOL/STATE_MSG' will
consist of two parts built for both the broadcast and unicast types:
31 16 15 0
+-------------+-------------+-------------+-------------+
| bgack_cnt | ugack_cnt | len |
+-------------+-------------+-------------+-------------+ -
| gap | ack | |
+-------------+-------------+-------------+-------------+ > bc gacks
: : : |
+-------------+-------------+-------------+-------------+ -
| gap | ack | |
+-------------+-------------+-------------+-------------+ > uc gacks
: : : |
+-------------+-------------+-------------+-------------+ -
which is "automatically" backward-compatible.
We also increase the max number of Gap ACK blocks to 128, allowing upto
64 blocks per type (total buffer size = 516 bytes).
Besides, the 'tipc_link_advance_transmq()' function is refactored which
is applicable for both the unicast and broadcast cases now, so some old
functions can be removed and the code is optimized.
With the patch, TIPC broadcast is more robust regardless of packet loss
or disorder, latency, ... in the underlying network. Its performance is
boost up significantly.
For example, experiment with a 5% packet loss rate results:
$ time tipc-pipe --mc --rdm --data_size 123 --data_num 1500000
real 0m 42.46s
user 0m 1.16s
sys 0m 17.67s
Without the patch:
$ time tipc-pipe --mc --rdm --data_size 123 --data_num 1500000
real 8m 27.94s
user 0m 0.55s
sys 0m 2.38s
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jmaloy@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Tuong Lien <tuong.t.lien@dektech.com.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I missed the fact that tcp_v4_err() differs from tcp_v6_err().
After commit 4d1a2d9ec1 ("Rename skb to icmp_skb in tcp_v4_err()")
the skb argument has been renamed to icmp_skb only in one function.
I will in a future patch reconciliate these functions to avoid
this kind of confusion.
Fixes: 45af29ca76 ("tcp: allow traceroute -Mtcp for unpriv users")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The commit 8c46fcd783 ("batman-adv: disable ethtool link speed detection
when auto negotiation off") disabled the usage of ethtool's link_ksetting
when auto negotation was enabled due to invalid values when used with
tun/tap virtual net_devices. According to the patch, automatic measurements
should be used for these kind of interfaces.
But there are major flaws with this argumentation:
* automatic measurements are not implemented
* auto negotiation has nothing to do with the validity of the retrieved
values
The first point has to be fixed by a longer patch series. The "validity"
part of the second point must be addressed in the same patch series by
dropping the usage of ethtool's link_ksetting (thus always doing automatic
measurements over ethernet).
Drop the patch again to have more default values for various net_device
types/configurations. The user can still overwrite them using the
batadv_hardif's BATADV_ATTR_THROUGHPUT_OVERRIDE.
Reported-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter fixes for net:
1) Set VLAN tag in tcp reset/icmp unreachable packets to reject
connections in the bridge family, from Michael Braun.
2) Incorrect subcounter flag update in ipset, from Phil Sutter.
3) Possible buffer overflow in the pptp conntrack helper, based
on patch from Dan Carpenter.
4) Restore userspace conntrack helper hook logic that broke after
hook consolidation rework.
5) Unbreak userspace conntrack helper registration via
nfnetlink_cthelper.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* fix a debugfs vs. wiphy rename crash
* fix an invalid HE spec definition
* fix a mesh timer crash
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQIzBAABCgAdFiEEH1e1rEeCd0AIMq6MB8qZga/fl8QFAl7L0skACgkQB8qZga/f
l8RV0hAAnJaaF7hnBm3KuTgFWYdCUEc5IbaYZnD6TUM5xIX5IRrP4HtIrxL9K0sc
h8AypNpvPU3OrDZOwoywMjD1LbgRo+91QK+3uo+ObUaGLpTytfeQVWu7x/yl7s+m
SCbLBn9ahOipv3ODrR5JZ0PnNmbV7D9TSdtXHElQBpFd1KVJZMHeCvAzi6dZjT6H
wVJ0JMHfQtl8prEBIqDFN8IbxYsMqYDBBoScqD0LOMg7TFGgSRlSLazE9pXPV7uT
Q6wgSPmABa1C0lXI0TZcAT5Vkz5+9NpqC+lUtkBV4Eyrse5b8WNTeTWhvuybKMTf
wdlDOoJg8CSWAbaMq5E8txzoimOZyqi9YKtWg2fbC4mtuM9Ur9JH+iO5oy9LoTkG
DjR2dPEg3XQvczFJLlL/VmFp3c8amsEGd2DD00mIm9U1y9EDy/3GkoMQmDndBE3T
/tvUDJkrH0pnntIIvn4kiDKMG47BV5Xm1wPfLKkwOY2K4z25Ze+D6ikzrFhenkqv
s32J9D0m2jc4UygJcy+zdfqlNvckhrvrbhl+o0YaVHnqHpOYJpYkyq4nt+WdumBe
fmEtUaPE4gC5PYiQPCz5Lnf4WtoC5fsj4jiRFBaJgotGEyZqBYN4zRhRXmIXOxRV
/lJXHX3Uu9qY3RhSNWD/HDcz+p9D+tYTI+h4Sx9ffZiYKMolAPA=
=+uUG
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-net-2020-05-25' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
A few changes:
* fix a debugfs vs. wiphy rename crash
* fix an invalid HE spec definition
* fix a mesh timer crash
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The issue was reported by syzbot. When the function br_mrp_parse was
called with a valid net_bridge_port, the net_bridge was an invalid
pointer. Therefore the check br->stp_enabled could pass/fail
depending where it was pointing in memory.
The fix consists of setting the net_bridge pointer if the port is a
valid pointer.
Reported-by: syzbot+9c6f0f1f8e32223df9a4@syzkaller.appspotmail.com
Fixes: 6536993371 ("bridge: mrp: Integrate MRP into the bridge")
Signed-off-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com>
Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Unpriv users can use traceroute over plain UDP sockets, but not TCP ones.
$ traceroute -Mtcp 8.8.8.8
You do not have enough privileges to use this traceroute method.
$ traceroute -n -Mudp 8.8.8.8
traceroute to 8.8.8.8 (8.8.8.8), 30 hops max, 60 byte packets
1 192.168.86.1 3.631 ms 3.512 ms 3.405 ms
2 10.1.10.1 4.183 ms 4.125 ms 4.072 ms
3 96.120.88.125 20.621 ms 19.462 ms 20.553 ms
4 96.110.177.65 24.271 ms 25.351 ms 25.250 ms
5 69.139.199.197 44.492 ms 43.075 ms 44.346 ms
6 68.86.143.93 27.969 ms 25.184 ms 25.092 ms
7 96.112.146.18 25.323 ms 96.112.146.22 25.583 ms 96.112.146.26 24.502 ms
8 72.14.239.204 24.405 ms 74.125.37.224 16.326 ms 17.194 ms
9 209.85.251.9 18.154 ms 209.85.247.55 14.449 ms 209.85.251.9 26.296 ms^C
We can easily support traceroute over TCP, by queueing an error message
into socket error queue.
Note that applications need to set IP_RECVERR/IPV6_RECVERR option to
enable this feature, and that the error message is only queued
while in SYN_SNT state.
socket(AF_INET6, SOCK_STREAM, IPPROTO_IP) = 3
setsockopt(3, SOL_IPV6, IPV6_RECVERR, [1], 4) = 0
setsockopt(3, SOL_SOCKET, SO_TIMESTAMP_OLD, [1], 4) = 0
setsockopt(3, SOL_IPV6, IPV6_UNICAST_HOPS, [5], 4) = 0
connect(3, {sa_family=AF_INET6, sin6_port=htons(8787), sin6_flowinfo=htonl(0),
inet_pton(AF_INET6, "2002:a05:6608:297::", &sin6_addr), sin6_scope_id=0}, 28) = -1 EHOSTUNREACH (No route to host)
recvmsg(3, {msg_name={sa_family=AF_INET6, sin6_port=htons(8787), sin6_flowinfo=htonl(0),
inet_pton(AF_INET6, "2002:a05:6608:297::", &sin6_addr), sin6_scope_id=0},
msg_namelen=1024->28, msg_iov=[{iov_base="`\r\337\320\0004\6\1&\7\370\260\200\231\16\27\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0 \2\n\5f\10\2\227"..., iov_len=1024}],
msg_iovlen=1, msg_control=[{cmsg_len=32, cmsg_level=SOL_SOCKET, cmsg_type=SO_TIMESTAMP_OLD, cmsg_data={tv_sec=1590340680, tv_usec=272424}},
{cmsg_len=60, cmsg_level=SOL_IPV6, cmsg_type=IPV6_RECVERR}],
msg_controllen=96, msg_flags=MSG_ERRQUEUE}, MSG_ERRQUEUE) = 144
Suggested-by: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The value of "n" is capped at 0x1ffffff but it checked for negative
values. I don't think this causes a problem but I'm not certain and
it's harmless to prevent it.
Fixes: 2e04172875 ("ipv4: do compat setsockopt for MCAST_MSFILTER directly")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tls_sw_recvmsg() and tls_decrypt_done() can be run concurrently.
// tls_sw_recvmsg()
if (atomic_read(&ctx->decrypt_pending))
crypto_wait_req(-EINPROGRESS, &ctx->async_wait);
else
reinit_completion(&ctx->async_wait.completion);
//tls_decrypt_done()
pending = atomic_dec_return(&ctx->decrypt_pending);
if (!pending && READ_ONCE(ctx->async_notify))
complete(&ctx->async_wait.completion);
Consider the scenario tls_decrypt_done() is about to run complete()
if (!pending && READ_ONCE(ctx->async_notify))
and tls_sw_recvmsg() reads decrypt_pending == 0, does reinit_completion(),
then tls_decrypt_done() runs complete(). This sequence of execution
results in wrong completion. Consequently, for next decrypt request,
it will not wait for completion, eventually on connection close, crypto
resources freed, there is no way to handle pending decrypt response.
This race condition can be avoided by having atomic_read() mutually
exclusive with atomic_dec_return(),complete().Intoduced spin lock to
ensure the mutual exclution.
Addressed similar problem in tx direction.
v1->v2:
- More readable commit message.
- Corrected the lock to fix new race scenario.
- Removed barrier which is not needed now.
Fixes: a42055e8d2 ("net/tls: Add support for async encryption of records for performance")
Signed-off-by: Vinay Kumar Yadav <vinay.yadav@chelsio.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The npgs member of struct xdp_umem is an u32 entity, and stores the
number of pages the UMEM consumes. The calculation of npgs
npgs = size / PAGE_SIZE
can overflow.
To avoid overflow scenarios, the division is now first stored in a
u64, and the result is verified to fit into 32b.
An alternative would be storing the npgs as a u64, however, this
wastes memory and is an unrealisticly large packet area.
Fixes: c0c77d8fb7 ("xsk: add user memory registration support sockopt")
Reported-by: "Minh Bùi Quang" <minhquangbui99@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/CACtPs=GGvV-_Yj6rbpzTVnopgi5nhMoCcTkSkYrJHGQHJWFZMQ@mail.gmail.com/
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200525080400.13195-1-bjorn.topel@gmail.com
Restore helper data size initialization and fix memcopy of the helper
data size.
Fixes: 157ffffeb5 ("netfilter: nfnetlink_cthelper: reject too large userspace allocation requests")
Reviewed-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Florian Westphal says:
"Problem is that after the helper hook was merged back into the confirm
one, the queueing itself occurs from the confirm hook, i.e. we queue
from the last netfilter callback in the hook-list.
Therefore, on return, the packet bypasses the confirm action and the
connection is never committed to the main conntrack table.
To fix this there are several ways:
1. revert the 'Fixes' commit and have a extra helper hook again.
Works, but has the drawback of adding another indirect call for
everyone.
2. Special case this: split the hooks only when userspace helper
gets added, so queueing occurs at a lower priority again,
and normal enqueue reinject would eventually call the last hook.
3. Extend the existing nf_queue ct update hook to allow a forced
confirmation (plus run the seqadj code).
This goes for 3)."
Fixes: 827318feb6 ("netfilter: conntrack: remove helper hook again")
Reviewed-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Dan Carpenter says: "Smatch complains that the value for "cmd" comes
from the network and can't be trusted."
Add pptp_msg_name() helper function that checks for the array boundary.
Fixes: f09943fefe ("[NETFILTER]: nf_conntrack/nf_nat: add PPTP helper port")
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
If IPSET_FLAG_SKIP_SUBCOUNTER_UPDATE is set, user requested to not
update counters in sub sets. Therefore IPSET_FLAG_SKIP_COUNTER_UPDATE
must be set, not unset.
Fixes: 6e01781d1c ("netfilter: ipset: set match: add support to match the counters")
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Currently, using the bridge reject target with tagged packets
results in untagged packets being sent back.
Fix this by mirroring the vlan id as well.
Fixes: 85f5b3086a ("netfilter: bridge: add reject support")
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
It's not intuitively obvious that bpfilter_umh is a statically linked binary.
Mention the toolchain requirement in the Kconfig help, so people
have an easier time figuring out what's needed.
Signed-off-by: Valdis Kletnieks <valdis.kletnieks@vt.edu>
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <masahiroy@kernel.org>
This waring can be triggered simply by:
# ip xfrm policy update src 192.168.1.1/24 dst 192.168.1.2/24 dir in \
priority 1 mark 0 mask 0x10 #[1]
# ip xfrm policy update src 192.168.1.1/24 dst 192.168.1.2/24 dir in \
priority 2 mark 0 mask 0x1 #[2]
# ip xfrm policy update src 192.168.1.1/24 dst 192.168.1.2/24 dir in \
priority 2 mark 0 mask 0x10 #[3]
Then dmesg shows:
[ ] WARNING: CPU: 1 PID: 7265 at net/xfrm/xfrm_policy.c:1548
[ ] RIP: 0010:xfrm_policy_insert_list+0x2f2/0x1030
[ ] Call Trace:
[ ] xfrm_policy_inexact_insert+0x85/0xe50
[ ] xfrm_policy_insert+0x4ba/0x680
[ ] xfrm_add_policy+0x246/0x4d0
[ ] xfrm_user_rcv_msg+0x331/0x5c0
[ ] netlink_rcv_skb+0x121/0x350
[ ] xfrm_netlink_rcv+0x66/0x80
[ ] netlink_unicast+0x439/0x630
[ ] netlink_sendmsg+0x714/0xbf0
[ ] sock_sendmsg+0xe2/0x110
The issue was introduced by Commit 7cb8a93968 ("xfrm: Allow inserting
policies with matching mark and different priorities"). After that, the
policies [1] and [2] would be able to be added with different priorities.
However, policy [3] will actually match both [1] and [2]. Policy [1]
was matched due to the 1st 'return true' in xfrm_policy_mark_match(),
and policy [2] was matched due to the 2nd 'return true' in there. It
caused WARN_ON() in xfrm_policy_insert_list().
This patch is to fix it by only (the same value and priority) as the
same policy in xfrm_policy_mark_match().
Thanks to Yuehaibing, we could make this fix better.
v1->v2:
- check policy->mark.v == pol->mark.v only without mask.
Fixes: 7cb8a93968 ("xfrm: Allow inserting policies with matching mark and different priorities")
Reported-by: Xiumei Mu <xmu@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Removing the "if (IS_ERR(dir)) dir = NULL;" check only works
if we adjust the remaining code to not rely on it being NULL.
Check IS_ERR_OR_NULL() before attempting to dereference it.
I'm not actually entirely sure this fixes the syzbot crash as
the kernel config indicates that they do have DEBUG_FS in the
kernel, but this is what I found when looking there.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: d82574a8e5 ("cfg80211: no need to check return value of debugfs_create functions")
Reported-by: syzbot+fd5332e429401bf42d18@syzkaller.appspotmail.com
Reviewed-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200525113816.fc4da3ec3d4b.Ica63a110679819eaa9fb3bc1b7437d96b1fd187d@changeid
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The MSCC bug fix in 'net' had to be slightly adjusted because the
register accesses are done slightly differently in net-next.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Fix RCU warnings in ipv6 multicast router code, from Madhuparna
Bhowmik.
2) Nexthop attributes aren't being checked properly because of
mis-initialized iterator, from David Ahern.
3) Revert iop_idents_reserve() change as it caused performance
regressions and was just working around what is really a UBSAN bug
in the compiler. From Yuqi Jin.
4) Read MAC address properly from ROM in bmac driver (double iteration
proceeds past end of address array), from Jeremy Kerr.
5) Add Microsoft Surface device IDs to r8152, from Marc Payne.
6) Prevent reference to freed SKB in __netif_receive_skb_core(), from
Boris Sukholitko.
7) Fix ACK discard behavior in rxrpc, from David Howells.
8) Preserve flow hash across packet scrubbing in wireguard, from Jason
A. Donenfeld.
9) Cap option length properly for SO_BINDTODEVICE in AX25, from Eric
Dumazet.
10) Fix encryption error checking in kTLS code, from Vadim Fedorenko.
11) Missing BPF prog ref release in flow dissector, from Jakub Sitnicki.
12) dst_cache must be used with BH disabled in tipc, from Eric Dumazet.
13) Fix use after free in mlxsw driver, from Jiri Pirko.
14) Order kTLS key destruction properly in mlx5 driver, from Tariq
Toukan.
15) Check devm_platform_ioremap_resource() return value properly in
several drivers, from Tiezhu Yang.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/netdev/net: (71 commits)
net: smsc911x: Fix runtime PM imbalance on error
net/mlx4_core: fix a memory leak bug.
net: ethernet: ti: cpsw: fix ASSERT_RTNL() warning during suspend
net: phy: mscc: fix initialization of the MACsec protocol mode
net: stmmac: don't attach interface until resume finishes
net: Fix return value about devm_platform_ioremap_resource()
net/mlx5: Fix error flow in case of function_setup failure
net/mlx5e: CT: Correctly get flow rule
net/mlx5e: Update netdev txq on completions during closure
net/mlx5: Annotate mutex destroy for root ns
net/mlx5: Don't maintain a case of del_sw_func being null
net/mlx5: Fix cleaning unmanaged flow tables
net/mlx5: Fix memory leak in mlx5_events_init
net/mlx5e: Fix inner tirs handling
net/mlx5e: kTLS, Destroy key object after destroying the TIS
net/mlx5e: Fix allowed tc redirect merged eswitch offload cases
net/mlx5: Avoid processing commands before cmdif is ready
net/mlx5: Fix a race when moving command interface to events mode
net/mlx5: Add command entry handling completion
rxrpc: Fix a memory leak in rxkad_verify_response()
...
get_coalesce returns 0 or ERRNO, but the return value isn't checked.
The returned coalesce data may be invalid if an ERRNO is set,
therefore better check and propagate the return value.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Provide devm_register_netdev() - a device resource managed variant
of register_netdev(). This new helper will only work for net_device
structs that are also already managed by devres.
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Golaszewski <bgolaszewski@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Not using a proxy structure to store struct net_device doesn't save
anything in terms of compiled code size or memory usage but significantly
decreases the readability of the code with all the pointer casting.
Define struct net_device_devres and use it in devm_alloc_etherdev_mqs().
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Golaszewski <bgolaszewski@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's currently only a single devres helper in net/ - devm variant
of alloc_etherdev. Let's move it to net/devres.c with the intention of
assing a second one: devm_register_netdev(). This new routine will need
to know the address of the release function of devm_alloc_etherdev() so
that it can verify (using devres_find()) that the struct net_device
that's being passed to it is also resource managed.
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Golaszewski <bgolaszewski@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix psample build error when CONFIG_INET is not set/enabled by
bracketing the tunnel code in #ifdef CONFIG_NET / #endif.
../net/psample/psample.c: In function ‘__psample_ip_tun_to_nlattr’:
../net/psample/psample.c:216:25: error: implicit declaration of function ‘ip_tunnel_info_opts’; did you mean ‘ip_tunnel_info_opts_set’? [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Cc: Yotam Gigi <yotam.gi@gmail.com>
Cc: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2020-05-23
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
We've added 50 non-merge commits during the last 8 day(s) which contain
a total of 109 files changed, 2776 insertions(+), 2887 deletions(-).
The main changes are:
1) Add a new AF_XDP buffer allocation API to the core in order to help
lowering the bar for drivers adopting AF_XDP support. i40e, ice, ixgbe
as well as mlx5 have been moved over to the new API and also gained a
small improvement in performance, from Björn Töpel and Magnus Karlsson.
2) Add getpeername()/getsockname() attach types for BPF sock_addr programs
in order to allow for e.g. reverse translation of load-balancer backend
to service address/port tuple from a connected peer, from Daniel Borkmann.
3) Improve the BPF verifier is_branch_taken() logic to evaluate pointers
being non-NULL, e.g. if after an initial test another non-NULL test on
that pointer follows in a given path, then it can be pruned right away,
from John Fastabend.
4) Larger rework of BPF sockmap selftests to make output easier to understand
and to reduce overall runtime as well as adding new BPF kTLS selftests
that run in combination with sockmap, also from John Fastabend.
5) Batch of misc updates to BPF selftests including fixing up test_align
to match verifier output again and moving it under test_progs, allowing
bpf_iter selftest to compile on machines with older vmlinux.h, and
updating config options for lirc and v6 segment routing helpers, from
Stanislav Fomichev, Andrii Nakryiko and Alan Maguire.
6) Conversion of BPF tracing samples outdated internal BPF loader to use
libbpf API instead, from Daniel T. Lee.
7) Follow-up to BPF kernel test infrastructure in order to fix a flake in
the XDP selftests, from Jesper Dangaard Brouer.
8) Minor improvements to libbpf's internal hashmap implementation, from
Ian Rogers.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A ticket was not released after a call of the function
"rxkad_decrypt_ticket" failed. Thus replace the jump target
"temporary_error_free_resp" by "temporary_error_free_ticket".
Fixes: 8c2f826dc3 ("rxrpc: Don't put crypto buffers on the stack")
Signed-off-by: Qiushi Wu <wu000273@umn.edu>
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
cc: Markus Elfring <Markus.Elfring@web.de>
When a MRP instance is deleted, then restore the port according to the
bridge state. If the bridge is up then the ports will be in forwarding
state otherwise will be in disabled state.
Fixes: 9a9f26e8f7 ("bridge: mrp: Connect MRP API with the switchdev API")
Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is not allow to have the same net bridge port part of multiple MRP
rings. Therefore add a check if the port is used already in a different
MRP. In that case return failure.
Fixes: 9a9f26e8f7 ("bridge: mrp: Connect MRP API with the switchdev API")
Signed-off-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=jJvy
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'rxrpc-fixes-20200520' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dhowells/linux-fs
David Howells says:
====================
rxrpc: Fix retransmission timeout and ACK discard
Here are a couple of fixes and an extra tracepoint for AF_RXRPC:
(1) Calculate the RTO pretty much as TCP does, rather than making
something up, including an initial 4s timeout (which causes return
probes from the fileserver to fail if a packet goes missing), and add
backoff.
(2) Fix the discarding of out-of-order received ACKs. We mustn't let the
hard-ACK point regress, nor do we want to do unnecessary
retransmission because the soft-ACK list regresses. This is not
trivial, however, due to some loose wording in various old protocol
specs, the ACK field that should be used for this sometimes has the
wrong information in it.
(3) Add a tracepoint to log a discarded ACK.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make FLOW_ACTION_HW_STATS_DONT_CARE be all bits, rather than none, so that
drivers and __flow_action_hw_stats_check can use simple bitwise checks.
Pre-fill all actions with DONT_CARE in flow_rule_alloc(), rather than
relying on implicit semantics of zero from kzalloc, so that callers which
don't configure action stats themselves (i.e. netfilter) get the correct
behaviour by default.
Only the kernel's internal API semantics change; the TC uAPI is unaffected.
v4: move DONT_CARE setting to flow_rule_alloc() for robustness and simplicity.
v3: set DONT_CARE in nft and ct offload.
v2: rebased on net-next, removed RFC tags.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for IPv6 tunnel devices in AF_MPLS.
Signed-off-by: Vadim Fedorenko <vfedorenko@novek.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is just preparation for MPLS support in ip6_tunnel
Signed-off-by: Vadim Fedorenko <vfedorenko@novek.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Merge ip{4,6}ip6_tnl_xmit functions into one universal
ipxip6_tnl_xmit in preparation for adding MPLS support.
Signed-off-by: Vadim Fedorenko <vfedorenko@novek.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit bdf6fa52f0 ("sctp: handle association restarts when the
socket is closed.") starts shutdown when an association is restarted,
if in SHUTDOWN-PENDING state and the socket is closed. However, the
rationale stated in that commit applies also when in SHUTDOWN-SENT
state - we don't want to move an association to ESTABLISHED state when
the socket has been closed, because that results in an association
that is unreachable from user space.
The problem scenario:
1. Client crashes and/or restarts.
2. Server (using one-to-one socket) calls close(). SHUTDOWN is lost.
3. Client reconnects using the same addresses and ports.
4. Server's association is restarted. The association and the socket
move to ESTABLISHED state, even though the server process has
closed its descriptor.
Also, after step 4 when the server process exits, some resources are
leaked in an attempt to release the underlying inet sock structure in
ESTABLISHED state:
IPv4: Attempt to release TCP socket in state 1 00000000377288c7
Fix by acting the same way as in SHUTDOWN-PENDING state. That is, if
an association is restarted in SHUTDOWN-SENT state and the socket is
closed, then start shutdown and don't move the association or the
socket to ESTABLISHED state.
Fixes: bdf6fa52f0 ("sctp: handle association restarts when the socket is closed.")
Signed-off-by: Jere Leppänen <jere.leppanen@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf 2020-05-22
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net* tree.
We've added 3 non-merge commits during the last 3 day(s) which contain
a total of 5 files changed, 69 insertions(+), 11 deletions(-).
The main changes are:
1) Fix to reject mmap()'ing read-only array maps as writable since BPF verifier
relies on such map content to be frozen, from Andrii Nakryiko.
2) Fix breaking audit from secid_to_secctx() LSM hook by avoiding to use
call_int_hook() since this hook is not stackable, from KP Singh.
3) Fix BPF flow dissector program ref leak on netns cleanup, from Jakub Sitnicki.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is some ambiguity in the RFC as to whether the ADD_ADDR HMAC is
the rightmost 64 bits of the entire hash or of the leftmost 160 bits
of the hash. The intention, as clarified with the author of the RFC,
is the entire hash.
This change returns the entire hash from
mptcp_crypto_hmac_sha (instead of only the first 160 bits), and moves
any truncation/selection operation on the hash to the caller.
Fixes: 12555a2d97 ("mptcp: use rightmost 64 bits in ADD_ADDR HMAC")
Reviewed-by: Christoph Paasch <cpaasch@apple.com>
Reviewed-by: Mat Martineau <mathew.j.martineau@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Todd Malsbary <todd.malsbary@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds nexthop add/del notifiers. To be used by
vxlan driver in a later patch. Could possibly be used by
switchdev drivers in the future.
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Todays vxlan mac fdb entries can point to multiple remote
ips (rdsts) with the sole purpose of replicating
broadcast-multicast and unknown unicast packets to those remote ips.
E-VPN multihoming [1,2,3] requires bridged vxlan traffic to be
load balanced to remote switches (vteps) belonging to the
same multi-homed ethernet segment (E-VPN multihoming is analogous
to multi-homed LAG implementations, but with the inter-switch
peerlink replaced with a vxlan tunnel). In other words it needs
support for mac ecmp. Furthermore, for faster convergence, E-VPN
multihoming needs the ability to update fdb ecmp nexthops independent
of the fdb entries.
New route nexthop API is perfect for this usecase.
This patch extends the vxlan fdb code to take a nexthop id
pointing to an ecmp nexthop group.
Changes include:
- New NDA_NH_ID attribute for fdbs
- Use the newly added fdb nexthop groups
- makes vxlan rdsts and nexthop handling code mutually
exclusive
- since this is a new use-case and the requirement is for ecmp
nexthop groups, the fdb add and update path checks that the
nexthop is really an ecmp nexthop group. This check can be relaxed
in the future, if we want to introduce replication fdb nexthop groups
and allow its use in lieu of current rdst lists.
- fdb update requests with nexthop id's only allowed for existing
fdb's that have nexthop id's
- learning will not override an existing fdb entry with nexthop
group
- I have wrapped the switchdev offload code around the presence of
rdst
[1] E-VPN RFC https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7432
[2] E-VPN with vxlan https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8365
[3] http://vger.kernel.org/lpc_net2018_talks/scaling_bridge_fdb_database_slidesV3.pdf
Includes a null check fix in vxlan_xmit from Nikolay
v2 - Fixed build issue:
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces ecmp nexthops and nexthop groups
for mac fdb entries. In subsequent patches this is used
by the vxlan driver fdb entries. The use case is
E-VPN multihoming [1,2,3] which requires bridged vxlan traffic
to be load balanced to remote switches (vteps) belonging to
the same multi-homed ethernet segment (This is analogous to
a multi-homed LAG but over vxlan).
Changes include new nexthop flag NHA_FDB for nexthops
referenced by fdb entries. These nexthops only have ip.
This patch includes appropriate checks to avoid routes
referencing such nexthops.
example:
$ip nexthop add id 12 via 172.16.1.2 fdb
$ip nexthop add id 13 via 172.16.1.3 fdb
$ip nexthop add id 102 group 12/13 fdb
$bridge fdb add 02:02:00:00:00:13 dev vxlan1000 nhid 101 self
[1] E-VPN https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7432
[2] E-VPN VxLAN: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8365
[3] LPC talk with mention of nexthop groups for L2 ecmp
http://vger.kernel.org/lpc_net2018_talks/scaling_bridge_fdb_database_slidesV3.pdf
v4 - fixed uninitialized variable reported by kernel test robot
Reported-by: kernel test robot <rong.a.chen@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit a63fc6b75c ("rcu: Upgrade rcu_swap_protected() to
rcu_replace_pointer()") a new helper macro named rcu_replace_pointer() was
introduced to simplify code requiring to switch an rcu pointer to a new
value while extracting the old one.
Use rcu_replace_pointer() where appropriate to make code slimer.
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <a@unstable.cc>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
The commit 1a33e10e4a ("net: partially revert dynamic lockdep key
changes") reverts the commit ab92d68fc2 ("net: core: add generic lockdep
keys"). But it forgot to also revert the commit 5759af0682 ("batman-adv:
Drop lockdep.h include for soft-interface.c") which depends on the latter.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
When attaching a flow dissector program to a network namespace with
bpf(BPF_PROG_ATTACH, ...) we grab a reference to bpf_prog.
If netns gets destroyed while a flow dissector is still attached, and there
are no other references to the prog, we leak the reference and the program
remains loaded.
Leak can be reproduced by running flow dissector tests from selftests/bpf:
# bpftool prog list
# ./test_flow_dissector.sh
...
selftests: test_flow_dissector [PASS]
# bpftool prog list
4: flow_dissector name _dissect tag e314084d332a5338 gpl
loaded_at 2020-05-20T18:50:53+0200 uid 0
xlated 552B jited 355B memlock 4096B map_ids 3,4
btf_id 4
#
Fix it by detaching the flow dissector program when netns is going away.
Fixes: d58e468b11 ("flow_dissector: implements flow dissector BPF hook")
Signed-off-by: Jakub Sitnicki <jakub@cloudflare.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stanislav Fomichev <sdf@google.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200521083435.560256-1-jakub@cloudflare.com
In order to reduce the number of function calls, the struct
xsk_buff_pool definition is moved to xsk_buff_pool.h. The functions
xp_get_dma(), xp_dma_sync_for_cpu(), xp_dma_sync_for_device(),
xp_validate_desc() and various helper functions are explicitly
inlined.
Further, move xp_get_handle() and xp_release() to xsk.c, to allow for
the compiler to perform inlining.
rfc->v1: Make sure xp_validate_desc() is inlined for Tx perf. (Maxim)
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200520192103.355233-15-bjorn.topel@gmail.com
The xdp_return_{frame,frame_rx_napi,buff} function are never used,
except in xdp_convert_zc_to_xdp_frame(), by the MEM_TYPE_XSK_BUFF_POOL
memory type.
To simplify and reduce code, change so that
xdp_convert_zc_to_xdp_frame() calls xsk_buff_free() directly since the
type is know, and remove MEM_TYPE_XSK_BUFF_POOL from the switch
statement in __xdp_return() function.
Suggested-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200520192103.355233-14-bjorn.topel@gmail.com
There are no users of MEM_TYPE_ZERO_COPY. Remove all corresponding
code, including the "handle" member of struct xdp_buff.
rfc->v1: Fixed spelling in commit message. (Björn)
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200520192103.355233-13-bjorn.topel@gmail.com
In order to simplify AF_XDP zero-copy enablement for NIC driver
developers, a new AF_XDP buffer allocation API is added. The
implementation is based on a single core (single producer/consumer)
buffer pool for the AF_XDP UMEM.
A buffer is allocated using the xsk_buff_alloc() function, and
returned using xsk_buff_free(). If a buffer is disassociated with the
pool, e.g. when a buffer is passed to an AF_XDP socket, a buffer is
said to be released. Currently, the release function is only used by
the AF_XDP internals and not visible to the driver.
Drivers using this API should register the XDP memory model with the
new MEM_TYPE_XSK_BUFF_POOL type.
The API is defined in net/xdp_sock_drv.h.
The buffer type is struct xdp_buff, and follows the lifetime of
regular xdp_buffs, i.e. the lifetime of an xdp_buff is restricted to
a NAPI context. In other words, the API is not replacing xdp_frames.
In addition to introducing the API and implementations, the AF_XDP
core is migrated to use the new APIs.
rfc->v1: Fixed build errors/warnings for m68k and riscv. (kbuild test
robot)
Added headroom/chunk size getter. (Maxim/Björn)
v1->v2: Swapped SoBs. (Maxim)
v2->v3: Initialize struct xdp_buff member frame_sz. (Björn)
Add API to query the DMA address of a frame. (Maxim)
Do DMA sync for CPU till the end of the frame to handle
possible growth (frame_sz). (Maxim)
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200520192103.355233-6-bjorn.topel@gmail.com
Move the XSK_NEXT_PG_CONTIG_{MASK,SHIFT}, and
XDP_UMEM_USES_NEED_WAKEUP defines from xdp_sock.h to the AF_XDP
internal xsk.h file. Also, start using the BIT{,_ULL} macro instead of
explicit shifts.
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200520192103.355233-5-bjorn.topel@gmail.com
Move the AF_XDP zero-copy driver interface to its own include file
called xdp_sock_drv.h. This, hopefully, will make it more clear for
NIC driver implementors to know what functions to use for zero-copy
support.
v4->v5: Fix -Wmissing-prototypes by include header file. (Jakub)
Signed-off-by: Magnus Karlsson <magnus.karlsson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200520192103.355233-4-bjorn.topel@gmail.com
The XSKMAP is partly implemented by net/xdp/xsk.c. Move xskmap.c from
kernel/bpf/ to net/xdp/, which is the logical place for AF_XDP related
code. Also, move AF_XDP struct definitions, and function declarations
only used by AF_XDP internals into net/xdp/xsk.h.
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200520192103.355233-3-bjorn.topel@gmail.com
In case we can't find a ->dumpit callback for the requested
(family,type) pair, we fall back to (PF_UNSPEC,type). In effect, we're
in the same situation as if userspace had requested a PF_UNSPEC
dump. For RTM_GETROUTE, that handler is rtnl_dump_all, which calls all
the registered RTM_GETROUTE handlers.
The requested table id may or may not exist for all of those
families. commit ae677bbb44 ("net: Don't return invalid table id
error when dumping all families") fixed the problem when userspace
explicitly requests a PF_UNSPEC dump, but missed the fallback case.
For example, when we pass ipv6.disable=1 to a kernel with
CONFIG_IP_MROUTE=y and CONFIG_IP_MROUTE_MULTIPLE_TABLES=y,
the (PF_INET6, RTM_GETROUTE) handler isn't registered, so we end up in
rtnl_dump_all, and listing IPv6 routes will unexpectedly print:
# ip -6 r
Error: ipv4: MR table does not exist.
Dump terminated
commit ae677bbb44 introduced the dump_all_families variable, which
gets set when userspace requests a PF_UNSPEC dump. However, we can't
simply set the family to PF_UNSPEC in rtnetlink_rcv_msg in the
fallback case to get dump_all_families == true, because some messages
types (for example RTM_GETRULE and RTM_GETNEIGH) only register the
PF_UNSPEC handler and use the family to filter in the kernel what is
dumped to userspace. We would then export more entries, that userspace
would have to filter. iproute does that, but other programs may not.
Instead, this patch removes dump_all_families and updates the
RTM_GETROUTE handlers to check if the family that is being dumped is
their own. When it's not, which covers both the intentional PF_UNSPEC
dumps (as dump_all_families did) and the fallback case, ignore the
missing table id error.
Fixes: cb167893f4 ("net: Plumb support for filtering ipv4 and ipv6 multicast route dumps")
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case of error with MPLS support the code is misusing AF_INET
instead of AF_MPLS.
Fixes: 1b69e7e6c4 ("ipip: support MPLS over IPv4")
Signed-off-by: Vadim Fedorenko <vfedorenko@novek.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We cannot free record on any transient error because it leads to
losing previos data. Check socket error to know whether record must
be freed or not.
Fixes: d10523d0b3 ("net/tls: free the record on encryption error")
Signed-off-by: Vadim Fedorenko <vfedorenko@novek.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
bpf_exec_tx_verdict() can return negative value for copied
variable. In that case this value will be pushed back to caller
and the real error code will be lost. Fix it using signed type and
checking for positive value.
Fixes: d10523d0b3 ("net/tls: free the record on encryption error")
Fixes: d3b18ad31f ("tls: add bpf support to sk_msg handling")
Signed-off-by: Vadim Fedorenko <vfedorenko@novek.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Once the traversal of the list is completed with list_for_each_entry(),
the iterator (node) will point to an invalid object. So passing this to
qrtr_local_enqueue() which is outside of the iterator block is erroneous
eventhough the object is not used.
So fix this by passing NULL to qrtr_local_enqueue().
Fixes: bdabad3e36 ("net: Add Qualcomm IPC router")
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Reported-by: Julia Lawall <julia.lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: Manivannan Sadhasivam <manivannan.sadhasivam@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, psample can only send the packet bits after decapsulation.
The tunnel information is lost. Add the tunnel support.
If the sampled packet has no tunnel info, the behavior is the same as
before. If it has, add a nested metadata field named PSAMPLE_ATTR_TUNNEL
and include the tunnel subfields if applicable.
Increase the metadata length for sampled packet with the tunnel info.
If new subfields of tunnel info should be included, update the metadata
length accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As ethnl_request_ops::reply_size handlers do not include common header
size into calculated/estimated reply size, it needs to be added in
ethnl_default_doit() and ethnl_default_notify() before allocating the
message. On the other hand, strset_reply_size() should not add common
header size.
Fixes: 728480f124 ("ethtool: default handlers for GET requests")
Reported-by: Oleksij Rempel <o.rempel@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQFSBAABCAA8FiEEq68RxlopcLEwq+PEeb4+QwBBGIYFAl7BzV8eHHRvcnZhbGRz
QGxpbnV4LWZvdW5kYXRpb24ub3JnAAoJEHm+PkMAQRiGg8EH/A2pXMTxtc96RI4S
sttEsUQqbakFS0Z/2tQPpMGr/qW2e5eHgsTX/a3SiUeZiIXk6f4lMFkMuctzBf7p
X77cNEDwGOEdbtCXTsMcmKSde7sP2zCXsPB8xTWLyE6rnaFRgikwwkeqgkIKhp1h
bvOQV0t9HNGvxGAM0iZeOvQAvFl4vd7nS123/MYbir9cugfQUSJRueQ4BiCiJqVE
6cNA7/vFzDJuFGszzIrJ7HXn/IdQMMWHkvTDjgBw0GZw1mDbGFbfbZwOeTz1ojCt
smUQ4tIFxBa/VA5zx7dOy2P2keHbSVf4VLkZRPcceT7OqVS65ETmFDp+qt5NdWM5
vZ8+7/0=
=CyYH
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'v5.7-rc6' into rdma.git for-next
Linux 5.7-rc6
Conflict in drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/steering/dr_send.c
resolved by deleting dr_cq_event, matching how netdev resolved it.
Required for dependencies in the following patches.
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Highlights of this series:
* Remove serialization of sending RPC/RDMA Replies
* Convert the TCP socket send path to use xdr_buf::bvecs (pre-requisite for
RPC-on-TLS)
* Fix svcrdma backchannel sendto return code
* Convert a number of dprintk call sites to use tracepoints
* Fix the "suggest braces around empty body in an 'else' statement" warning
Fixes data remnant seen when we fail to reserve space for a
nexthop group during a larger dump.
If we fail the reservation, we goto nla_put_failure and
cancel the message.
Reproduce with the following iproute2 commands:
=====================
ip link add dummy1 type dummy
ip link add dummy2 type dummy
ip link add dummy3 type dummy
ip link add dummy4 type dummy
ip link add dummy5 type dummy
ip link add dummy6 type dummy
ip link add dummy7 type dummy
ip link add dummy8 type dummy
ip link add dummy9 type dummy
ip link add dummy10 type dummy
ip link add dummy11 type dummy
ip link add dummy12 type dummy
ip link add dummy13 type dummy
ip link add dummy14 type dummy
ip link add dummy15 type dummy
ip link add dummy16 type dummy
ip link add dummy17 type dummy
ip link add dummy18 type dummy
ip link add dummy19 type dummy
ip link add dummy20 type dummy
ip link add dummy21 type dummy
ip link add dummy22 type dummy
ip link add dummy23 type dummy
ip link add dummy24 type dummy
ip link add dummy25 type dummy
ip link add dummy26 type dummy
ip link add dummy27 type dummy
ip link add dummy28 type dummy
ip link add dummy29 type dummy
ip link add dummy30 type dummy
ip link add dummy31 type dummy
ip link add dummy32 type dummy
ip link set dummy1 up
ip link set dummy2 up
ip link set dummy3 up
ip link set dummy4 up
ip link set dummy5 up
ip link set dummy6 up
ip link set dummy7 up
ip link set dummy8 up
ip link set dummy9 up
ip link set dummy10 up
ip link set dummy11 up
ip link set dummy12 up
ip link set dummy13 up
ip link set dummy14 up
ip link set dummy15 up
ip link set dummy16 up
ip link set dummy17 up
ip link set dummy18 up
ip link set dummy19 up
ip link set dummy20 up
ip link set dummy21 up
ip link set dummy22 up
ip link set dummy23 up
ip link set dummy24 up
ip link set dummy25 up
ip link set dummy26 up
ip link set dummy27 up
ip link set dummy28 up
ip link set dummy29 up
ip link set dummy30 up
ip link set dummy31 up
ip link set dummy32 up
ip link set dummy33 up
ip link set dummy34 up
ip link set vrf-red up
ip link set vrf-blue up
ip link set dummyVRFred up
ip link set dummyVRFblue up
ip ro add 1.1.1.1/32 dev dummy1
ip ro add 1.1.1.2/32 dev dummy2
ip ro add 1.1.1.3/32 dev dummy3
ip ro add 1.1.1.4/32 dev dummy4
ip ro add 1.1.1.5/32 dev dummy5
ip ro add 1.1.1.6/32 dev dummy6
ip ro add 1.1.1.7/32 dev dummy7
ip ro add 1.1.1.8/32 dev dummy8
ip ro add 1.1.1.9/32 dev dummy9
ip ro add 1.1.1.10/32 dev dummy10
ip ro add 1.1.1.11/32 dev dummy11
ip ro add 1.1.1.12/32 dev dummy12
ip ro add 1.1.1.13/32 dev dummy13
ip ro add 1.1.1.14/32 dev dummy14
ip ro add 1.1.1.15/32 dev dummy15
ip ro add 1.1.1.16/32 dev dummy16
ip ro add 1.1.1.17/32 dev dummy17
ip ro add 1.1.1.18/32 dev dummy18
ip ro add 1.1.1.19/32 dev dummy19
ip ro add 1.1.1.20/32 dev dummy20
ip ro add 1.1.1.21/32 dev dummy21
ip ro add 1.1.1.22/32 dev dummy22
ip ro add 1.1.1.23/32 dev dummy23
ip ro add 1.1.1.24/32 dev dummy24
ip ro add 1.1.1.25/32 dev dummy25
ip ro add 1.1.1.26/32 dev dummy26
ip ro add 1.1.1.27/32 dev dummy27
ip ro add 1.1.1.28/32 dev dummy28
ip ro add 1.1.1.29/32 dev dummy29
ip ro add 1.1.1.30/32 dev dummy30
ip ro add 1.1.1.31/32 dev dummy31
ip ro add 1.1.1.32/32 dev dummy32
ip next add id 1 via 1.1.1.1 dev dummy1
ip next add id 2 via 1.1.1.2 dev dummy2
ip next add id 3 via 1.1.1.3 dev dummy3
ip next add id 4 via 1.1.1.4 dev dummy4
ip next add id 5 via 1.1.1.5 dev dummy5
ip next add id 6 via 1.1.1.6 dev dummy6
ip next add id 7 via 1.1.1.7 dev dummy7
ip next add id 8 via 1.1.1.8 dev dummy8
ip next add id 9 via 1.1.1.9 dev dummy9
ip next add id 10 via 1.1.1.10 dev dummy10
ip next add id 11 via 1.1.1.11 dev dummy11
ip next add id 12 via 1.1.1.12 dev dummy12
ip next add id 13 via 1.1.1.13 dev dummy13
ip next add id 14 via 1.1.1.14 dev dummy14
ip next add id 15 via 1.1.1.15 dev dummy15
ip next add id 16 via 1.1.1.16 dev dummy16
ip next add id 17 via 1.1.1.17 dev dummy17
ip next add id 18 via 1.1.1.18 dev dummy18
ip next add id 19 via 1.1.1.19 dev dummy19
ip next add id 20 via 1.1.1.20 dev dummy20
ip next add id 21 via 1.1.1.21 dev dummy21
ip next add id 22 via 1.1.1.22 dev dummy22
ip next add id 23 via 1.1.1.23 dev dummy23
ip next add id 24 via 1.1.1.24 dev dummy24
ip next add id 25 via 1.1.1.25 dev dummy25
ip next add id 26 via 1.1.1.26 dev dummy26
ip next add id 27 via 1.1.1.27 dev dummy27
ip next add id 28 via 1.1.1.28 dev dummy28
ip next add id 29 via 1.1.1.29 dev dummy29
ip next add id 30 via 1.1.1.30 dev dummy30
ip next add id 31 via 1.1.1.31 dev dummy31
ip next add id 32 via 1.1.1.32 dev dummy32
i=100
while [ $i -le 200 ]
do
ip next add id $i group 1/2/3/4/5/6/7/8/9/10/11/12/13/14/15/16/17/18/19
echo $i
((i++))
done
ip next add id 999 group 1/2/3/4/5/6
ip next ls
========================
Fixes: ab84be7e54 ("net: Initial nexthop code")
Signed-off-by: Stephen Worley <sworley@cumulusnetworks.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
atm_dev_ioctl() does copyin in two different ways - one for
ATM_GETNAMES, another for everything else. Start with separating
the former into a new helper (atm_getnames()). The next step
will be to lift the copyin into the callers.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Native ->setsockopt() handling of these options (MCAST_..._SOURCE_GROUP
and MCAST_{,UN}BLOCK_SOURCE) consists of copyin + call of a helper that
does the actual work. The only change needed for ->compat_setsockopt()
is a slightly different copyin - the helpers can be reused as-is.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
direct parallel to the way these two are handled in the native
->setsockopt() instances - the helpers that do the real work
are already separated and can be reused as-is in this case.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Parallel to what the native setsockopt() does, except that unlike
the native setsockopt() we do not use memdup_user() - we want
the sockaddr_storage fields properly aligned, so we allocate
4 bytes more and copy compat_group_filter at the offset 4,
which yields the proper alignments.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
now we can do MCAST_MSFILTER in compat ->getsockopt() without
playing silly buggers with copying things back and forth.
We can form a native struct group_filter (sans the variable-length
tail) on stack, pass that + pointer to the tail of original request
to the helper doing the bulk of the work, then do the rest of
copyout - same as the native getsockopt() does.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
pass the userland pointer to the array in its tail, so that part
gets copied out by our functions; copyout of everything else is
done in the callers. Rationale: reuse for compat; the array
is the same in native and compat, the layout of parts before it
is different for compat.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
We want to get rid of compat_mc_[sg]etsockopt() and to have that stuff
handled without compat_alloc_user_space(), extra copying through
userland, etc. To do that we'll need ipv4 and ipv6 instances of
->compat_[sg]etsockopt() to manipulate the 32bit variants of mcast
requests, so we need to move the definitions of those out of net/compat.c
and into a public header.
This patch just does a mechanical move to include/net/compat.h
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
- Rename these so they are easy to enable and search for as a set
- Move the tracepoints to get a more accurate sense of control flow
- Tracepoints should not fire on xprt shutdown
- Display memory address in case data structure had been corrupted
- Abandon dprintk in these paths
I haven't ever gotten one of these tracepoints to trigger. I wonder
if we should simply remove them.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Clean up. At this point, we are not ready yet to support bio_vecs in
the UDP transport implementation. However, we can clean up
svc_udp_recvfrom() to match the tracing and straight-lining recently
changes made in svc_tcp_recvfrom().
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
This function is not currently "generic" so remove the documenting
comment and rename it appropriately. Its internals are converted to
use bio_vecs for reading from the transport socket.
In existing typical sunrpc uses of bio_vecs, the bio_vec array is
allocated dynamically. Here, instead, an array of bio_vecs is added
to svc_rqst. The lifetime of this array can be greater than one call
to xpo_recvfrom():
- Multiple calls to xpo_recvfrom() might be needed to read an RPC
message completely.
- At some later point, rq_arg.bvecs will point to this array and it
will carry the received message into svc_process().
I also expect that a future optimization will remove either the
rq_vec or rq_pages array in favor of rq_bvec, thus conserving the
size of struct svc_rqst.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
The conversion to pin_user_pages() had a bug: it overlooked
the case of allocation of pages failing. Fix that by restoring
an equivalent check.
Reported-by: syzbot+118ac0af4ac7f785a45b@syzkaller.appspotmail.com
Fixes: dbfe7d7437 ("rds: convert get_user_pages() --> pin_user_pages()")
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
Cc: rds-devel@oss.oracle.com
Signed-off-by: John Hubbard <jhubbard@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Santosh Shilimkar <santosh.shilimkar@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
EIR flags should just hint if SSP may be supported but we shall verify
this with use of the actual features as the SSP bits may be disabled in
the lower layers which would result in legacy authentication to be
used.
Signed-off-by: Luiz Augusto von Dentz <luiz.von.dentz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The Rx protocol has a "previousPacket" field in it that is not handled in
the same way by all protocol implementations. Sometimes it contains the
serial number of the last DATA packet received, sometimes the sequence
number of the last DATA packet received and sometimes the highest sequence
number so far received.
AF_RXRPC is using this to weed out ACKs that are out of date (it's possible
for ACK packets to get reordered on the wire), but this does not work with
OpenAFS which will just stick the sequence number of the last packet seen
into previousPacket.
The issue being seen is that big AFS FS.StoreData RPC (eg. of ~256MiB) are
timing out when partly sent. A trace was captured, with an additional
tracepoint to show ACKs being discarded in rxrpc_input_ack(). Here's an
excerpt showing the problem.
52873.203230: rxrpc_tx_data: c=000004ae DATA ed1a3584:00000002 0002449c q=00024499 fl=09
A DATA packet with sequence number 00024499 has been transmitted (the "q="
field).
...
52873.243296: rxrpc_rx_ack: c=000004ae 00012a2b DLY r=00024499 f=00024497 p=00024496 n=0
52873.243376: rxrpc_rx_ack: c=000004ae 00012a2c IDL r=0002449b f=00024499 p=00024498 n=0
52873.243383: rxrpc_rx_ack: c=000004ae 00012a2d OOS r=0002449d f=00024499 p=0002449a n=2
The Out-Of-Sequence ACK indicates that the server didn't see DATA sequence
number 00024499, but did see seq 0002449a (previousPacket, shown as "p=",
skipped the number, but firstPacket, "f=", which shows the bottom of the
window is set at that point).
52873.252663: rxrpc_retransmit: c=000004ae q=24499 a=02 xp=14581537
52873.252664: rxrpc_tx_data: c=000004ae DATA ed1a3584:00000002 000244bc q=00024499 fl=0b *RETRANS*
The packet has been retransmitted. Retransmission recurs until the peer
says it got the packet.
52873.271013: rxrpc_rx_ack: c=000004ae 00012a31 OOS r=000244a1 f=00024499 p=0002449e n=6
More OOS ACKs indicate that the other packets that are already in the
transmission pipeline are being received. The specific-ACK list is up to 6
ACKs and NAKs.
...
52873.284792: rxrpc_rx_ack: c=000004ae 00012a49 OOS r=000244b9 f=00024499 p=000244b6 n=30
52873.284802: rxrpc_retransmit: c=000004ae q=24499 a=0a xp=63505500
52873.284804: rxrpc_tx_data: c=000004ae DATA ed1a3584:00000002 000244c2 q=00024499 fl=0b *RETRANS*
52873.287468: rxrpc_rx_ack: c=000004ae 00012a4a OOS r=000244ba f=00024499 p=000244b7 n=31
52873.287478: rxrpc_rx_ack: c=000004ae 00012a4b OOS r=000244bb f=00024499 p=000244b8 n=32
At this point, the server's receive window is full (n=32) with presumably 1
NAK'd packet and 31 ACK'd packets. We can't transmit any more packets.
52873.287488: rxrpc_retransmit: c=000004ae q=24499 a=0a xp=61327980
52873.287489: rxrpc_tx_data: c=000004ae DATA ed1a3584:00000002 000244c3 q=00024499 fl=0b *RETRANS*
52873.293850: rxrpc_rx_ack: c=000004ae 00012a4c DLY r=000244bc f=000244a0 p=00024499 n=25
And now we've received an ACK indicating that a DATA retransmission was
received. 7 packets have been processed (the occupied part of the window
moved, as indicated by f= and n=).
52873.293853: rxrpc_rx_discard_ack: c=000004ae r=00012a4c 000244a0<00024499 00024499<000244b8
However, the DLY ACK gets discarded because its previousPacket has gone
backwards (from p=000244b8, in the ACK at 52873.287478 to p=00024499 in the
ACK at 52873.293850).
We then end up in a continuous cycle of retransmit/discard. kafs fails to
update its window because it's discarding the ACKs and can't transmit an
extra packet that would clear the issue because the window is full.
OpenAFS doesn't change the previousPacket value in the ACKs because no new
DATA packets are received with a different previousPacket number.
Fix this by altering the discard check to only discard an ACK based on
previousPacket if there was no advance in the firstPacket. This allows us
to transmit a new packet which will cause previousPacket to advance in the
next ACK.
The check, however, needs to allow for the possibility that previousPacket
may actually have had the serial number placed in it instead - in which
case it will go outside the window and we should ignore it.
Fixes: 1a2391c30c ("rxrpc: Fix detection of out of order acks")
Reported-by: Dave Botsch <botsch@cnf.cornell.edu>
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
This makes hci_encrypt_cfm calls hci_connect_cfm in case the connection
state is BT_CONFIG so callers don't have to check the state.
Signed-off-by: Luiz Augusto von Dentz <luiz.von.dentz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
skb_gro_receive() used to be used by SCTP, it is no longer the case.
skb_gro_receive_list() is in the same category : never used from modules.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This BUG halt was reported a while back, but the patch somehow got
missed:
PID: 2879 TASK: c16adaa0 CPU: 1 COMMAND: "sctpn"
#0 [f418dd28] crash_kexec at c04a7d8c
#1 [f418dd7c] oops_end at c0863e02
#2 [f418dd90] do_invalid_op at c040aaca
#3 [f418de28] error_code (via invalid_op) at c08631a5
EAX: f34baac0 EBX: 00000090 ECX: f418deb0 EDX: f5542950 EBP: 00000000
DS: 007b ESI: f34ba800 ES: 007b EDI: f418dea0 GS: 00e0
CS: 0060 EIP: c046fa5e ERR: ffffffff EFLAGS: 00010286
#4 [f418de5c] add_timer at c046fa5e
#5 [f418de68] sctp_do_sm at f8db8c77 [sctp]
#6 [f418df30] sctp_primitive_SHUTDOWN at f8dcc1b5 [sctp]
#7 [f418df48] inet_shutdown at c080baf9
#8 [f418df5c] sys_shutdown at c079eedf
#9 [f418df70] sys_socketcall at c079fe88
EAX: ffffffda EBX: 0000000d ECX: bfceea90 EDX: 0937af98
DS: 007b ESI: 0000000c ES: 007b EDI: b7150ae4
SS: 007b ESP: bfceea7c EBP: bfceeaa8 GS: 0033
CS: 0073 EIP: b775c424 ERR: 00000066 EFLAGS: 00000282
It appears that the side effect that starts the shutdown timer was processed
multiple times, which can happen as multiple paths can trigger it. This of
course leads to the BUG halt in add_timer getting called.
Fix seems pretty straightforward, just check before the timer is added if its
already been started. If it has mod the timer instead to min(current
expiration, new expiration)
Its been tested but not confirmed to fix the problem, as the issue has only
occured in production environments where test kernels are enjoined from being
installed. It appears to be a sane fix to me though. Also, recentely,
Jere found a reproducer posted on list to confirm that this resolves the
issues
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
CC: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: jere.leppanen@nokia.com
CC: marcelo.leitner@gmail.com
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the new ->ndo_tunnel_ctl instead of overriding the address limit
and using ->ndo_do_ioctl just to do a pointless user copy.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Factor out a addrconf_set_sit_dstaddr helper for the actual work if we
found a SIT device, and only hold the rtnl lock around the device lookup
and that new helper, as there is no point in holding it over a
copy_from_user call.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no point in copying the structure from userspace or looking up
a device if SIT support is not disabled and we'll eventually return
-ENODEV anyway.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement the ->ndo_tunnel_ctl method, and use ip_tunnel_ioctl to
handle userspace requests for the SIOCGETTUNNEL, SIOCADDTUNNEL,
SIOCCHGTUNNEL and SIOCDELTUNNEL ioctls.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Split the ioctl handler into one function per command instead of having
a all the logic sit in one giant switch statement.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the new ->ndo_tunnel_ctl instead of overriding the address limit
and using ->ndo_do_ioctl just to do a pointless user copy.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This method is used to properly allow kernel callers of the IPv4 route
management ioctls. The exsting ip_tunnel_ioctl helper is renamed to
ip_tunnel_ctl to better reflect that it doesn't directly implement ioctls
touching user memory, and is used for the guts of ndo_tunnel_ctl
implementations. A new ip_tunnel_ioctl helper is added that can be wired
up directly to the ndo_do_ioctl method and takes care of the copy to and
from userspace.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Also move the dev_set_allmulti call and the error handling into the
ioctl helper. This allows reusing already looked up tunnel_dev pointer
and the set up argument structure for the deletion in the error handler.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reduce a few level of indentation to simplify the function.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
__netif_receive_skb_core may change the skb pointer passed into it (e.g.
in rx_handler). The original skb may be freed as a result of this
operation.
The callers of __netif_receive_skb_core may further process original skb
by using pt_prev pointer returned by __netif_receive_skb_core thus
leading to unpleasant effects.
The solution is to pass skb by reference into __netif_receive_skb_core.
v2: Added Fixes tag and comment regarding ppt_prev and skb invariant.
Fixes: 88eb1944e1 ("net: core: propagate SKB lists through packet_type lookup")
Signed-off-by: Boris Sukholitko <boris.sukholitko@broadcom.com>
Acked-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The commit 637bc8bbe6 ("inet: reset tb->fastreuseport when adding a reuseport sk")
added a bind-address cache in tb->fast*. The tb->fast* caches the address
of a sk which has successfully been binded with SO_REUSEPORT ON. The idea
is to avoid the expensive conflict search in inet_csk_bind_conflict().
There is an issue with wildcard matching where sk_reuseport_match() should
have returned false but it is currently returning true. It ends up
hiding bind conflict. For example,
bind("[::1]:443"); /* without SO_REUSEPORT. Succeed. */
bind("[::2]:443"); /* with SO_REUSEPORT. Succeed. */
bind("[::]:443"); /* with SO_REUSEPORT. Still Succeed where it shouldn't */
The last bind("[::]:443") with SO_REUSEPORT on should have failed because
it should have a conflict with the very first bind("[::1]:443") which
has SO_REUSEPORT off. However, the address "[::2]" is cached in
tb->fast* in the second bind. In the last bind, the sk_reuseport_match()
returns true because the binding sk's wildcard addr "[::]" matches with
the "[::2]" cached in tb->fast*.
The correct bind conflict is reported by removing the second
bind such that tb->fast* cache is not involved and forces the
bind("[::]:443") to go through the inet_csk_bind_conflict():
bind("[::1]:443"); /* without SO_REUSEPORT. Succeed. */
bind("[::]:443"); /* with SO_REUSEPORT. -EADDRINUSE */
The expected behavior for sk_reuseport_match() is, it should only allow
the "cached" tb->fast* address to be used as a wildcard match but not
the address of the binding sk. To do that, the current
"bool match_wildcard" arg is split into
"bool match_sk1_wildcard" and "bool match_sk2_wildcard".
This change only affects the sk_reuseport_match() which is only
used by inet_csk (e.g. TCP).
The other use cases are calling inet_rcv_saddr_equal() and
this patch makes it pass the same "match_wildcard" arg twice to
the "ipv[46]_rcv_saddr_equal(..., match_wildcard, match_wildcard)".
Cc: Josef Bacik <jbacik@fb.com>
Fixes: 637bc8bbe6 ("inet: reset tb->fastreuseport when adding a reuseport sk")
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove a bunch of forward declarations (trivially shifting code around
where needed), and make a few functions static.
Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
txmsg is declared as {0}, no need to clear individual fields later on.
Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 394216275c ("s390: remove broken hibernate / power management support")
removed support for ARCH_HIBERNATION_POSSIBLE from s390.
So drop the unused pm ops from the s390-only af_iucv socket code.
Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 394216275c ("s390: remove broken hibernate / power management support")
removed support for ARCH_HIBERNATION_POSSIBLE from s390.
So drop the unused pm ops from the s390-only iucv bus driver.
CC: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This changes the HMAC used in the ADD_ADDR option from the leftmost 64
bits to the rightmost 64 bits as described in RFC 8684, section 3.4.1.
This issue was discovered while adding support to packetdrill for the
ADD_ADDR v1 option.
Fixes: 3df523ab58 ("mptcp: Add ADD_ADDR handling")
Signed-off-by: Todd Malsbary <todd.malsbary@linux.intel.com>
Acked-by: Christoph Paasch <cpaasch@apple.com>
Reviewed-by: Matthieu Baerts <matthieu.baerts@tessares.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As stated in 983695fa67 ("bpf: fix unconnected udp hooks"), the objective
for the existing cgroup connect/sendmsg/recvmsg/bind BPF hooks is to be
transparent to applications. In Cilium we make use of these hooks [0] in
order to enable E-W load balancing for existing Kubernetes service types
for all Cilium managed nodes in the cluster. Those backends can be local
or remote. The main advantage of this approach is that it operates as close
as possible to the socket, and therefore allows to avoid packet-based NAT
given in connect/sendmsg/recvmsg hooks we only need to xlate sock addresses.
This also allows to expose NodePort services on loopback addresses in the
host namespace, for example. As another advantage, this also efficiently
blocks bind requests for applications in the host namespace for exposed
ports. However, one missing item is that we also need to perform reverse
xlation for inet{,6}_getname() hooks such that we can return the service
IP/port tuple back to the application instead of the remote peer address.
The vast majority of applications does not bother about getpeername(), but
in a few occasions we've seen breakage when validating the peer's address
since it returns unexpectedly the backend tuple instead of the service one.
Therefore, this trivial patch allows to customise and adds a getpeername()
as well as getsockname() BPF cgroup hook for both IPv4 and IPv6 in order
to address this situation.
Simple example:
# ./cilium/cilium service list
ID Frontend Service Type Backend
1 1.2.3.4:80 ClusterIP 1 => 10.0.0.10:80
Before; curl's verbose output example, no getpeername() reverse xlation:
# curl --verbose 1.2.3.4
* Rebuilt URL to: 1.2.3.4/
* Trying 1.2.3.4...
* TCP_NODELAY set
* Connected to 1.2.3.4 (10.0.0.10) port 80 (#0)
> GET / HTTP/1.1
> Host: 1.2.3.4
> User-Agent: curl/7.58.0
> Accept: */*
[...]
After; with getpeername() reverse xlation:
# curl --verbose 1.2.3.4
* Rebuilt URL to: 1.2.3.4/
* Trying 1.2.3.4...
* TCP_NODELAY set
* Connected to 1.2.3.4 (1.2.3.4) port 80 (#0)
> GET / HTTP/1.1
> Host: 1.2.3.4
> User-Agent: curl/7.58.0
> Accept: */*
[...]
Originally, I had both under a BPF_CGROUP_INET{4,6}_GETNAME type and exposed
peer to the context similar as in inet{,6}_getname() fashion, but API-wise
this is suboptimal as it always enforces programs having to test for ctx->peer
which can easily be missed, hence BPF_CGROUP_INET{4,6}_GET{PEER,SOCK}NAME split.
Similarly, the checked return code is on tnum_range(1, 1), but if a use case
comes up in future, it can easily be changed to return an error code instead.
Helper and ctx member access is the same as with connect/sendmsg/etc hooks.
[0] https://github.com/cilium/cilium/blob/master/bpf/bpf_sock.c
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com>
Acked-by: Andrey Ignatov <rdna@fb.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/61a479d759b2482ae3efb45546490bacd796a220.1589841594.git.daniel@iogearbox.net
Commit bc56c919fc ("bpf: Add xdp.frame_sz in bpf_prog_test_run_xdp().")
recently changed bpf_prog_test_run_xdp() to use larger frames for XDP in
order to test tail growing frames (via bpf_xdp_adjust_tail) and to have
memory backing frame better resemble drivers.
The commit contains a bug, as it tries to copy the max data size from
userspace, instead of the size provided by userspace. This cause XDP
unit tests to fail sporadically with EFAULT, an unfortunate behavior.
The fix is to only copy the size specified by userspace.
Fixes: bc56c919fc ("bpf: Add xdp.frame_sz in bpf_prog_test_run_xdp().")
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/158980712729.256597.6115007718472928659.stgit@firesoul
syzbot found that
touch /proc/testfile
causes NULL pointer dereference at tomoyo_get_local_path()
because inode of the dentry is NULL.
Before c59f415a7c, Tomoyo received pid_ns from proc's s_fs_info
directly. Since proc_pid_ns() can only work with inode, using it in
the tomoyo_get_local_path() was wrong.
To avoid creating more functions for getting proc_ns, change the
argument type of the proc_pid_ns() function. Then, Tomoyo can use
the existing super_block to get pid_ns.
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/0000000000002f0c7505a5b0e04c@google.com
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20200518180738.2939611-1-gladkov.alexey@gmail.com
Reported-by: syzbot+c1af344512918c61362c@syzkaller.appspotmail.com
Fixes: c59f415a7c ("Use proc_pid_ns() to get pid_namespace from the proc superblock")
Signed-off-by: Alexey Gladkov <gladkov.alexey@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
To prepare removing the global routing_ioctl hack start lifting the code
into the ipv4 and appletalk ->compat_ioctl handlers. Unlike the existing
handler we don't bother copying in the name - there are no compat issues for
char arrays.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a helper than can be shared with the upcoming compat ioctl handler.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To prepare removing the global routing_ioctl hack start lifting the code
into a newly added ipv6 ->compat_ioctl handler.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prepare for better compat ioctl handling by moving the user copy out
of ipv6_route_ioctl.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Refactor: svc_recvfrom() is going to be converted to read into
bio_vecs in a moment. Unhook the only other caller,
svc_tcp_recv_record(), which just wants to read the 4-byte stream
record marker into a kvec.
While we're in the area, streamline this helper by straight-lining
the hot path, replace dprintk call sites with tracepoints, and
reduce the number of atomic bit operations in this path.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Clean up. I find the name of the svc_sock::sk_reclen field
confusing, so I've changed it to better reflect its function. This
field is not read directly to get the record length. Rather, it is
a buffer containing a record marker that needs to be decoded.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Report TCP socket state changes and accept failures via
tracepoints, replacing dprintk() call sites.
No tracepoint is added in svc_tcp_listen_data_ready. There's
no information available there that isn't also reported by the
svcsock_new_socket and the accept failure tracepoints.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
In addition to tracing recently-updated socket sendto events, this
commit adds a trace event class that can be used for additional
svcsock-related tracepoints in subsequent patches.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Clean up: Commit 850cbaddb5 ("udp: use it's own memory accounting
schema") removed the last skb-related tracepoint from svcsock.c, so
it is no longer necessary to include trace/events/skb.h.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
In lieu of dprintks or tracepoints in each individual transport
implementation, introduce tracepoints in the generic part of the RPC
layer. These typically fire for connection lifetime events, so
shouldn't contribute a lot of noise.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Failure to accept a connection is typically due to a problem
specific to a transport type. Also, ->xpo_accept returns NULL
on error rather than reporting a specific problem.
So, add failure-specific tracepoints in svc_rdma_accept().
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Clean up: After commit 1e091c3bbf ("svcrdma: Ignore source port
when computing DRC hash"), the IP address stored in xpt_remote
always has a port number of zero. Thus, there's no need to display
the port number when displaying the IP address of a remote NFS/RDMA
client.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Clean up: Use a consistent naming convention so that these trace
points can be enabled quickly via a glob.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Way back when I was writing the RPC/RDMA server-side backchannel
code, I misread the TCP backchannel reply handler logic. When
svc_tcp_recvfrom() successfully receives a backchannel reply, it
does not return -EAGAIN. It sets XPT_DATA and returns zero.
Update svc_rdma_recvfrom() to return zero. Here, XPT_DATA doesn't
need to be set again: it is set whenever a new message is received,
behind a spin lock in a single threaded context.
Also, if handling the cb reply is not successful, the message is
simply dropped. There's no special message framing to deal with as
there is in the TCP case.
Now that the handle_bc_reply() return value is ignored, I've removed
the dprintk call sites in the error exit of handle_bc_reply() in
favor of trace points in other areas that already report the error
cases.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Clean up: Replace a dprintk call site.
This is the last remaining dprintk call site in svc_rdma_rw.c, so
remove dprintk infrastructure as well.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
- De-duplicate code
- Rename the tracepoint with "_err" to allow enabling via glob
- Report the sg_cnt for the failing rw_ctx
- Fix a dumb signage issue
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
It appears that the RPC/RDMA transport does not need serialization
of calls to its xpo_sendto method. Move the mutex into the socket
methods that still need that serialization.
Tail latencies are unambiguously better with this patch applied.
fio randrw 8KB 70/30 on NFSv3, smaller numbers are better:
clat percentiles (usec):
With xpt_mutex:
r | 99.99th=[ 8848]
w | 99.99th=[ 9634]
Without xpt_mutex:
r | 99.99th=[ 8586]
w | 99.99th=[ 8979]
Serializing the construction of RPC/RDMA transport headers is not
really necessary at this point, because the Linux NFS server
implementation never changes its credit grant on a connection. If
that should change, then svc_rdma_sendto will need to serialize
access to the transport's credit grant fields.
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <lkp@intel.com>
[ cel: fix uninitialized variable warning ]
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Bluetooth PTS test case HFP/AG/ACC/BI-12-I accepts SCO connection
with invalid parameter at the first SCO request expecting AG to
attempt another SCO request with the use of "safe settings" for
given codec, base on section 5.7.1.2 of HFP 1.7 specification.
This patch addresses it by adding "Invalid LMP Parameters" (0x1e)
to the SCO fallback case. Verified with below log:
< HCI Command: Setup Synchronous Connection (0x01|0x0028) plen 17
Handle: 256
Transmit bandwidth: 8000
Receive bandwidth: 8000
Max latency: 13
Setting: 0x0003
Input Coding: Linear
Input Data Format: 1's complement
Input Sample Size: 8-bit
# of bits padding at MSB: 0
Air Coding Format: Transparent Data
Retransmission effort: Optimize for link quality (0x02)
Packet type: 0x0380
3-EV3 may not be used
2-EV5 may not be used
3-EV5 may not be used
> HCI Event: Command Status (0x0f) plen 4
Setup Synchronous Connection (0x01|0x0028) ncmd 1
Status: Success (0x00)
> HCI Event: Number of Completed Packets (0x13) plen 5
Num handles: 1
Handle: 256
Count: 1
> HCI Event: Max Slots Change (0x1b) plen 3
Handle: 256
Max slots: 1
> HCI Event: Synchronous Connect Complete (0x2c) plen 17
Status: Invalid LMP Parameters / Invalid LL Parameters (0x1e)
Handle: 0
Address: 00:1B:DC:F2:21:59 (OUI 00-1B-DC)
Link type: eSCO (0x02)
Transmission interval: 0x00
Retransmission window: 0x02
RX packet length: 0
TX packet length: 0
Air mode: Transparent (0x03)
< HCI Command: Setup Synchronous Connection (0x01|0x0028) plen 17
Handle: 256
Transmit bandwidth: 8000
Receive bandwidth: 8000
Max latency: 8
Setting: 0x0003
Input Coding: Linear
Input Data Format: 1's complement
Input Sample Size: 8-bit
# of bits padding at MSB: 0
Air Coding Format: Transparent Data
Retransmission effort: Optimize for link quality (0x02)
Packet type: 0x03c8
EV3 may be used
2-EV3 may not be used
3-EV3 may not be used
2-EV5 may not be used
3-EV5 may not be used
> HCI Event: Command Status (0x0f) plen 4
Setup Synchronous Connection (0x01|0x0028) ncmd 1
Status: Success (0x00)
> HCI Event: Max Slots Change (0x1b) plen 3
Handle: 256
Max slots: 5
> HCI Event: Max Slots Change (0x1b) plen 3
Handle: 256
Max slots: 1
> HCI Event: Synchronous Connect Complete (0x2c) plen 17
Status: Success (0x00)
Handle: 257
Address: 00:1B:DC:F2:21:59 (OUI 00-1B-DC)
Link type: eSCO (0x02)
Transmission interval: 0x06
Retransmission window: 0x04
RX packet length: 30
TX packet length: 30
Air mode: Transparent (0x03)
Signed-off-by: Hsin-Yu Chao <hychao@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch is to improve the code to make xfrm4_beet_gso_segment()
more readable, and keep consistent with xfrm6_beet_gso_segment().
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
This code was using get_user_pages_fast(), in a "Case 2" scenario
(DMA/RDMA), using the categorization from [1]. That means that it's
time to convert the get_user_pages_fast() + put_page() calls to
pin_user_pages_fast() + unpin_user_pages() calls.
There is some helpful background in [2]: basically, this is a small
part of fixing a long-standing disconnect between pinning pages, and
file systems' use of those pages.
[1] Documentation/core-api/pin_user_pages.rst
[2] "Explicit pinning of user-space pages":
https://lwn.net/Articles/807108/
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
Cc: rds-devel@oss.oracle.com
Signed-off-by: John Hubbard <jhubbard@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mptcp calls this from the transmit side, from process context.
Allow a sleeping allocation instead of unconditional GFP_ATOMIC.
Acked-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
previous patches made sure we only call into this function
when these prerequisites are met, so no need to wait on the
subflow socket anymore.
Closes: https://github.com/multipath-tcp/mptcp_net-next/issues/7
Acked-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mptcp_sendmsg_frag helper contains a loop that will wait on the
subflow sk.
It seems preferrable to only wait in mptcp_sendmsg() when blocking io is
requested. mptcp_sendmsg already has such a wait loop that is used when
no subflow socket is available for transmission.
This is another preparation patch that makes sure we call
mptcp_sendmsg_frag only if the page frag cache has been refilled.
Followup patch will remove the wait loop from mptcp_sendmsg_frag().
The retransmit worker doesn't need to do this refill as it won't
transmit new mptcp-level data.
Acked-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mptcp_sendmsg_frag helper contains a loop that will wait on the
subflow sk.
It seems preferrable to only wait in mptcp_sendmsg() when blocking io is
requested. mptcp_sendmsg already has such a wait loop that is used when
no subflow socket is available for transmission.
This is a preparation patch that makes sure we call
mptcp_sendmsg_frag only if a skb extension has been allocated.
Moreover, such allocation currently uses GFP_ATOMIC while it
could use sleeping allocation instead.
Followup patches will remove the wait loop from mptcp_sendmsg_frag()
and will allow to do a sleeping allocation for the extension.
Acked-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The transmit loop continues to xmit new data until an error is returned
or all data was transmitted.
For the blocking i/o case, this means that tcp_sendpages() may block on
the subflow until more space becomes available, i.e. we end up sleeping
with the mptcp socket lock held.
Instead we should check if a different subflow is ready to be used.
This restarts the subflow sk lookup when the tx operation succeeded
and the tcp subflow can't accept more data or if tcp_sendpages
indicates -EAGAIN on a blocking mptcp socket.
In that case we also need to set the NOSPACE bit to make sure we get
notified once memory becomes available.
In case all subflows are busy, the existing logic will wait until a
subflow is ready, releasing the mptcp socket lock while doing so.
The mptcp worker already sets DONTWAIT, so no need to make changes there.
v2:
* set NOSPACE bit
* add a comment to clarify that mptcp-sk sndbuf limits need to
be checked as well.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Its not enough to check for available tcp send space.
We also hold on to transmitted data for mptcp-level retransmits.
Right now we will send more and more data if the peer can ack data
at the tcp level fast enough, since that frees up tcp send buffer space.
But we also need to check that data was acked and reclaimed at the mptcp
level.
Therefore add needed check in mptcp_sendmsg, flush tcp data and
wait until more mptcp snd space becomes available if we are over the
limit. Before we wait for more data, also make sure we start the
retransmit timer if we ran out of sndbuf space.
Otherwise there is a very small chance that we wait forever:
* receiver is waiting for data
* sender is blocked because mptcp socket buffer is full
* at tcp level, all data was acked
* mptcp-level snd_una was not updated, because last ack
that acknowledged the last data packet carried an older
MPTCP-ack.
Restarting the retransmit timer avoids this problem: if TCP
subflow is idle, data is retransmitted from the RTX queue.
New data will make the peer send a new, updated MPTCP-Ack.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Paolo noticed that ssk_check_wmem() has same pattern, so add/use
common helper for both places.
Suggested-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit adb03115f4 ("net: get rid of an signed integer overflow in ip_idents_reserve()")
used atomic_cmpxchg to replace "atomic_add_return" inside the function
"ip_idents_reserve". The reason was to avoid UBSAN warning.
However, this change has caused performance degrade and in GCC-8,
fno-strict-overflow is now mapped to -fwrapv -fwrapv-pointer
and signed integer overflow is now undefined by default at all
optimization levels[1]. Moreover, it was a bug in UBSAN vs -fwrapv
/-fno-strict-overflow, so Let's revert it safely.
[1] https://gcc.gnu.org/gcc-8/changes.html
Suggested-by: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
Cc: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: Arvind Sankar <nivedita@alum.mit.edu>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Jiong Wang <jiongwang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuqi Jin <jinyuqi@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Shaokun Zhang <zhangshaokun@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For nexthop groups, attributes after NHA_GROUP_TYPE are invalid, but
nh_check_attr_group starts checking at NHA_GROUP. The group type defaults
to multipath and the NHA_GROUP_TYPE is currently optional so this has
slipped through so far. Fix the attribute checking to handle support of
new group types.
Fixes: 430a049190 ("nexthop: Add support for nexthop groups")
Signed-off-by: ASSOGBA Emery <assogba.emery@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The user mode helper should be compiled for the same architecture as
the kernel.
This Makefile reused the 'hostprogs' syntax by overriding HOSTCC with CC.
Use the new syntax 'userprogs' to fix the Makefile mess.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <masahiroy@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Sam Ravnborg <sam@ravnborg.org>
On Fedora, linking static glibc requires the glibc-static RPM package,
which is not part of the glibc-devel package.
CONFIG_CC_CAN_LINK does not check the capability of static linking,
so you can enable CONFIG_BPFILTER_UMH, then fail to build:
HOSTLD net/bpfilter/bpfilter_umh
/usr/bin/ld: cannot find -lc
collect2: error: ld returned 1 exit status
Add CONFIG_CC_CAN_LINK_STATIC, and make CONFIG_BPFILTER_UMH depend
on it.
Reported-by: Valdis Kletnieks <valdis.kletnieks@vt.edu>
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <masahiroy@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
bpfilter_umh is built for the default machine bit of the compiler,
which may not match to the bit size of the kernel.
This happens in the scenario below:
You can use biarch GCC that defaults to 64-bit for building the 32-bit
kernel. In this case, Kbuild passes -m32 to teach the compiler to
produce 32-bit kernel space objects. However, it is missing when
building bpfilter_umh. It is built as a 64-bit ELF, and then embedded
into the 32-bit kernel.
The 32-bit kernel and 64-bit umh is a bad combination.
In theory, we can have 32-bit umh running on 64-bit kernel, but we do
not have a good reason to support such a usecase.
The best is to match the bit size between them.
Pass -m32 or -m64 to the umh build command if it is found in
$(KBUILD_CFLAGS). Evaluate CC_CAN_LINK against the kernel bit-size.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <masahiroy@kernel.org>
Don't call drivers if nothing changed. Netlink code already
contains this logic.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Having a channel config with no ability to RX or TX traffic is
clearly wrong. Check for this in the core so the drivers don't
have to.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RFC8684 allows to send 32-bit DATA_ACKs as long as the peer is not
sending 64-bit data-sequence numbers. The 64-bit DSN is only there for
extreme scenarios when a very high throughput subflow is combined with a
long-RTT subflow such that the high-throughput subflow wraps around the
32-bit sequence number space within an RTT of the high-RTT subflow.
It is thus a rare scenario and we should try to use the 32-bit DATA_ACK
instead as long as possible. It allows to reduce the TCP-option overhead
by 4 bytes, thus makes space for an additional SACK-block. It also makes
tcpdumps much easier to read when the DSN and DATA_ACK are both either
32 or 64-bit.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Paasch <cpaasch@apple.com>
Reviewed-by: Matthieu Baerts <matthieu.baerts@tessares.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a client moves from a DSA user port to a software port in a bridge,
it cannot reach any other clients that connected to the DSA user ports.
That is because SA learning on the CPU port is disabled, so the switch
ignores the client's frames from the CPU port and still thinks it is at
the user port.
Fix it by enabling SA learning on the CPU port.
To prevent the switch from learning from flooding frames from the CPU
port, set skb->offload_fwd_mark to 1 for unicast and broadcast frames,
and let the switch flood them instead of trapping to the CPU port.
Multicast frames still need to be trapped to the CPU port for snooping,
so set the SA_DIS bit of the MTK tag to 1 when transmitting those frames
to disable SA learning.
Fixes: b8f126a8d5 ("net-next: dsa: add dsa support for Mediatek MT7530 switch")
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The goal is to be able to inherit the initial devconf parameters from the
current netns, ie the netns where this new netns has been created.
This is useful in a containers environment where /proc/sys is read only.
For example, if a pod is created with specifics devconf parameters and has
the capability to create netns, the user expects to get the same parameters
than his 'init_net', which is not the real init_net in this case.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes the following warning:
=============================
WARNING: suspicious RCU usage
5.7.0-rc4-next-20200507-syzkaller #0 Not tainted
-----------------------------
net/ipv6/ip6mr.c:124 RCU-list traversed in non-reader section!!
ipmr_new_table() returns an existing table, but there is no table at
init. Therefore the condition: either holding rtnl or the list is empty
is used.
Fixes: d1db275dd3 ("ipv6: ip6mr: support multiple tables")
Reported-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Suggested-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Madhuparna Bhowmik <madhuparnabhowmik10@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Highlights include:
Stable fixes:
- nfs: fix NULL deference in nfs4_get_valid_delegation
Bugfixes:
- Fix corruption of the return value in cachefiles_read_or_alloc_pages()
- Fix several fscache cookie issues
- Fix a fscache queuing race that can trigger a BUG_ON
- NFS: Fix 2 use-after-free regressions due to the RPC_TASK_CRED_NOREF flag
- SUNRPC: Fix a use-after-free regression in rpc_free_client_work()
- SUNRPC: Fix a race when tearing down the rpc client debugfs directory
- SUNRPC: Signalled ASYNC tasks need to exit
- NFSv3: fix rpc receive buffer size for MOUNT call
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=lqFu
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'nfs-for-5.7-5' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/trondmy/linux-nfs
Pull NFS client bugfixes from Trond Myklebust:
"Highlights include:
Stable fixes:
- nfs: fix NULL deference in nfs4_get_valid_delegation
Bugfixes:
- Fix corruption of the return value in cachefiles_read_or_alloc_pages()
- Fix several fscache cookie issues
- Fix a fscache queuing race that can trigger a BUG_ON
- NFS: Fix two use-after-free regressions due to the RPC_TASK_CRED_NOREF flag
- SUNRPC: Fix a use-after-free regression in rpc_free_client_work()
- SUNRPC: Fix a race when tearing down the rpc client debugfs directory
- SUNRPC: Signalled ASYNC tasks need to exit
- NFSv3: fix rpc receive buffer size for MOUNT call"
* tag 'nfs-for-5.7-5' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/trondmy/linux-nfs:
NFSv3: fix rpc receive buffer size for MOUNT call
SUNRPC: 'Directory with parent 'rpc_clnt' already present!'
NFS/pnfs: Don't use RPC_TASK_CRED_NOREF with pnfs
NFS: Don't use RPC_TASK_CRED_NOREF with delegreturn
SUNRPC: Signalled ASYNC tasks need to exit
nfs: fix NULL deference in nfs4_get_valid_delegation
SUNRPC: fix use-after-free in rpc_free_client_work()
cachefiles: Fix race between read_waiter and read_copier involving op->to_do
NFSv4: Fix fscache cookie aux_data to ensure change_attr is included
NFS: Fix fscache super_cookie allocation
NFS: Fix fscache super_cookie index_key from changing after umount
cachefiles: Fix corruption of the return value in cachefiles_read_or_alloc_pages()
Move the bpf verifier trace check into the new switch statement in
HEAD.
Resolve the overlapping changes in hinic, where bug fixes overlap
the addition of VF support.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Fix sk_psock reference count leak on receive, from Xiyu Yang.
2) CONFIG_HNS should be invisible, from Geert Uytterhoeven.
3) Don't allow locking route MTUs in ipv6, RFCs actually forbid this,
from Maciej Żenczykowski.
4) ipv4 route redirect backoff wasn't actually enforced, from Paolo
Abeni.
5) Fix netprio cgroup v2 leak, from Zefan Li.
6) Fix infinite loop on rmmod in conntrack, from Florian Westphal.
7) Fix tcp SO_RCVLOWAT hangs, from Eric Dumazet.
8) Various bpf probe handling fixes, from Daniel Borkmann.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/netdev/net: (68 commits)
selftests: mptcp: pm: rm the right tmp file
dpaa2-eth: properly handle buffer size restrictions
bpf: Restrict bpf_trace_printk()'s %s usage and add %pks, %pus specifier
bpf: Add bpf_probe_read_{user, kernel}_str() to do_refine_retval_range
bpf: Restrict bpf_probe_read{, str}() only to archs where they work
MAINTAINERS: Mark networking drivers as Maintained.
ipmr: Add lockdep expression to ipmr_for_each_table macro
ipmr: Fix RCU list debugging warning
drivers: net: hamradio: Fix suspicious RCU usage warning in bpqether.c
net: phy: broadcom: fix BCM54XX_SHD_SCR3_TRDDAPD value for BCM54810
tcp: fix error recovery in tcp_zerocopy_receive()
MAINTAINERS: Add Jakub to networking drivers.
MAINTAINERS: another add of Karsten Graul for S390 networking
drivers: ipa: fix typos for ipa_smp2p structure doc
pppoe: only process PADT targeted at local interfaces
selftests/bpf: Enforce returning 0 for fentry/fexit programs
bpf: Enforce returning 0 for fentry/fexit progs
net: stmmac: fix num_por initialization
security: Fix the default value of secid_to_secctx hook
libbpf: Fix register naming in PT_REGS s390 macros
...
Currently, on MP_JOIN failure we reset the child
socket, but leave the request socket untouched.
tcp_check_req will deal with it according to the
'tcp_abort_on_overflow' sysctl value - by default the
req socket will stay alive.
The above leads to inconsistent behavior on MP JOIN
failure, and bad listener overflow accounting.
This patch addresses the issue leveraging the infrastructure
just introduced to ask the TCP stack to drop the req on
failure.
The child socket is not freed anymore by subflow_syn_recv_sock(),
instead it's moved to a dead state and will be disposed by the
next sock_put done by the TCP stack, so that listener overflow
accounting is not affected by MP JOIN failure.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Paasch <cpaasch@apple.com>
Reviewed-by: Mat Martineau <mathew.j.martineau@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the steps to prepare an inet_connection_sock for
forced disposal inside a separate helper. No functional
changes inteded, this will just simplify the next patch.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Paasch <cpaasch@apple.com>
Reviewed-by: Mat Martineau <mathew.j.martineau@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MP_JOIN subflows must not land into the accept queue.
Currently tcp_check_req() calls an mptcp specific helper
to detect such scenario.
Such helper leverages the subflow context to check for
MP_JOIN subflows. We need to deal also with MP JOIN
failures, even when the subflow context is not available
due allocation failure.
A possible solution would be changing the syn_recv_sock()
signature to allow returning a more descriptive action/
error code and deal with that in tcp_check_req().
Since the above need is MPTCP specific, this patch instead
uses a TCP request socket hole to add a MPTCP specific flag.
Such flag is used by the MPTCP syn_recv_sock() to tell
tcp_check_req() how to deal with the request socket.
This change is a no-op for !MPTCP build, and makes the
MPTCP code simpler. It allows also the next patch to deal
correctly with MP JOIN failure.
v1 -> v2:
- be more conservative on drop_req initialization (Mat)
RFC -> v1:
- move the drop_req bit inside tcp_request_sock (Eric)
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Mat Martineau <mathew.j.martineau@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Paasch <cpaasch@apple.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Alexei Starovoitov says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2020-05-15
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
We've added 37 non-merge commits during the last 1 day(s) which contain
a total of 67 files changed, 741 insertions(+), 252 deletions(-).
The main changes are:
1) bpf_xdp_adjust_tail() now allows to grow the tail as well, from Jesper.
2) bpftool can probe CONFIG_HZ, from Daniel.
3) CAP_BPF is introduced to isolate user processes that use BPF infra and
to secure BPF networking services by dropping CAP_SYS_ADMIN requirement
in certain cases, from Alexei.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement tcf_proto_ops->terse_dump() callback for flower classifier. Only
dump handle, flags and action data in terse mode.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend tcf_action_dump() with boolean argument 'terse' that is used to
request terse-mode action dump. In terse mode only essential data needed to
identify particular action (action kind, cookie, etc.) and its stats is put
to resulting skb and everything else is omitted. Implement
tcf_exts_terse_dump() helper in cls API that is intended to be used to
request terse dump of all exts (actions) attached to the filter.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add new TCA_DUMP_FLAGS attribute and use it in cls API to request terse
filter output from classifiers with TCA_DUMP_FLAGS_TERSE flag. This option
is intended to be used to improve performance of TC filter dump when
userland only needs to obtain stats and not the whole classifier/action
data. Extend struct tcf_proto_ops with new terse_dump() callback that must
be defined by supporting classifier implementations.
Support of the options in specific classifiers and actions is
implemented in following patches in the series.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The assumption that a device node is associated either with the
netdev's device, or the parent of that device, does not hold for all
drivers. E.g. Freescale's DPAA has two layers of platform devices
above the netdev. Instead, recursively walk up the tree from the
netdev, allowing any parent to match against the sought after node.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement permissions as stated in uapi/linux/capability.h
In order to do that the verifier allow_ptr_leaks flag is split
into four flags and they are set as:
env->allow_ptr_leaks = bpf_allow_ptr_leaks();
env->bypass_spec_v1 = bpf_bypass_spec_v1();
env->bypass_spec_v4 = bpf_bypass_spec_v4();
env->bpf_capable = bpf_capable();
The first three currently equivalent to perfmon_capable(), since leaking kernel
pointers and reading kernel memory via side channel attacks is roughly
equivalent to reading kernel memory with cap_perfmon.
'bpf_capable' enables bounded loops, precision tracking, bpf to bpf calls and
other verifier features. 'allow_ptr_leaks' enable ptr leaks, ptr conversions,
subtraction of pointers. 'bypass_spec_v1' disables speculative analysis in the
verifier, run time mitigations in bpf array, and enables indirect variable
access in bpf programs. 'bypass_spec_v4' disables emission of sanitation code
by the verifier.
That means that the networking BPF program loaded with CAP_BPF + CAP_NET_ADMIN
will have speculative checks done by the verifier and other spectre mitigation
applied. Such networking BPF program will not be able to leak kernel pointers
and will not be able to access arbitrary kernel memory.
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200513230355.7858-3-alexei.starovoitov@gmail.com
Update the memory requirements, when adding xdp.frame_sz in BPF test_run
function bpf_prog_test_run_xdp() which e.g. is used by XDP selftests.
Specifically add the expected reserved tailroom, but also allocated a
larger memory area to reflect that XDP frames usually comes in this
format. Limit the provided packet data size to 4096 minus headroom +
tailroom, as this also reflect a common 3520 bytes MTU limit with XDP.
Note that bpf_test_init already use a memory allocation method that clears
memory. Thus, this already guards against leaking uninit kernel memory.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/158945349549.97035.15316291762482444006.stgit@firesoul
Clearing memory of tail when grow happens, because it is too easy
to write a XDP_PASS program that extend the tail, which expose
this memory to users that can run tcpdump.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/158945349039.97035.5262100484553494.stgit@firesoul
Finally, after all drivers have a frame size, allow BPF-helper
bpf_xdp_adjust_tail() to grow or extend packet size at frame tail.
Remember that helper/macro xdp_data_hard_end have reserved some
tailroom. Thus, this helper makes sure that the BPF-prog don't have
access to this tailroom area.
V2: Remove one chicken check and use WARN_ONCE for other
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/158945348530.97035.12577148209134239291.stgit@firesoul
Use hole in struct xdp_frame, when adding member frame_sz, which keeps
same sizeof struct (32 bytes)
Drivers ixgbe and sfc had bug cases where the necessary/expected
tailroom was not reserved. This can lead to some hard to catch memory
corruption issues. Having the drivers frame_sz this can be detected when
packet length/end via xdp->data_end exceed the xdp_data_hard_end
pointer, which accounts for the reserved the tailroom.
When detecting this driver issue, simply fail the conversion with NULL,
which results in feedback to driver (failing xdp_do_redirect()) causing
driver to drop packet. Given the lack of consistent XDP stats, this can
be hard to troubleshoot. And given this is a driver bug, we want to
generate some more noise in form of a WARN stack dump (to ID the driver
code that inlined convert_to_xdp_frame).
Inlining the WARN macro is problematic, because it adds an asm
instruction (on Intel CPUs ud2) what influence instruction cache
prefetching. Thus, introduce xdp_warn and macro XDP_WARN, to avoid this
and at the same time make identifying the function and line of this
inlined function easier.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/158945337313.97035.10015729316710496600.stgit@firesoul
The SKB "head" pointer points to the data area that contains
skb_shared_info, that can be found via skb_end_pointer(). Given
xdp->data_hard_start have been established (basically pointing to
skb->head), frame size is between skb_end_pointer() and data_hard_start,
plus the size reserved to skb_shared_info.
Change the bpf_xdp_adjust_tail offset adjust of skb->len, to be a positive
offset number on grow, and negative number on shrink. As this seems more
natural when reading the code.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/158945336804.97035.7164852191163722056.stgit@firesoul
Alexei Starovoitov says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2020-05-14
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Merged tag 'perf-for-bpf-2020-05-06' from tip tree that includes CAP_PERFMON.
2) support for narrow loads in bpf_sock_addr progs and additional
helpers in cg-skb progs, from Andrey.
3) bpf benchmark runner, from Andrii.
4) arm and riscv JIT optimizations, from Luke.
5) bpf iterator infrastructure, from Yonghong.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With having ability to lookup sockets in cgroup skb programs it becomes
useful to access cgroup id of retrieved sockets so that policies can be
implemented based on origin cgroup of such socket.
For example, a container running in a cgroup can have cgroup skb ingress
program that can lookup peer socket that is sending packets to a process
inside the container and decide whether those packets should be allowed
or denied based on cgroup id of the peer.
More specifically such ingress program can implement intra-host policy
"allow incoming packets only from this same container and not from any
other container on same host" w/o relying on source IP addresses since
quite often it can be the case that containers share same IP address on
the host.
Introduce two new helpers for this use-case: bpf_sk_cgroup_id() and
bpf_sk_ancestor_cgroup_id().
These helpers are similar to existing bpf_skb_{,ancestor_}cgroup_id
helpers with the only difference that sk is used to get cgroup id
instead of skb, and share code with them.
See documentation in UAPI for more details.
Signed-off-by: Andrey Ignatov <rdna@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Yonghong Song <yhs@fb.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/f5884981249ce911f63e9b57ecd5d7d19154ff39.1589486450.git.rdna@fb.com
cgroup skb programs already can use bpf_skb_cgroup_id. Allow
bpf_skb_ancestor_cgroup_id as well so that container policies can be
implemented for a container that can have sub-cgroups dynamically
created, but policies should still be implemented based on cgroup id of
container itself not on an id of a sub-cgroup.
Signed-off-by: Andrey Ignatov <rdna@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Yonghong Song <yhs@fb.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/8874194d6041eba190356453ea9f6071edf5f658.1589486450.git.rdna@fb.com
Currently sk lookup helpers are allowed in tc, xdp, sk skb, and cgroup
sock_addr programs.
But they would be useful in cgroup skb as well so that for example
cgroup skb ingress program can lookup a peer socket a packet comes from
on same host and make a decision whether to allow or deny this packet
based on the properties of that socket, e.g. cgroup that peer socket
belongs to.
Allow the following sk lookup helpers in cgroup skb:
* bpf_sk_lookup_tcp;
* bpf_sk_lookup_udp;
* bpf_sk_release;
* bpf_skc_lookup_tcp.
Signed-off-by: Andrey Ignatov <rdna@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Yonghong Song <yhs@fb.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/f8c7ee280f1582b586629436d777b6db00597d63.1589486450.git.rdna@fb.com
bpf_sock_addr.user_port supports only 4-byte load and it leads to ugly
code in BPF programs, like:
volatile __u32 user_port = ctx->user_port;
__u16 port = bpf_ntohs(user_port);
Since otherwise clang may optimize the load to be 2-byte and it's
rejected by verifier.
Add support for 1- and 2-byte loads same way as it's supported for other
fields in bpf_sock_addr like user_ip4, msg_src_ip4, etc.
Signed-off-by: Andrey Ignatov <rdna@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Yonghong Song <yhs@fb.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/c1e983f4c17573032601d0b2b1f9d1274f24bc16.1589420814.git.rdna@fb.com
During the initialization process, ipmr_new_table() is called
to create new tables which in turn calls ipmr_get_table() which
traverses net->ipv4.mr_tables without holding the writer lock.
However, this is safe to do so as no tables exist at this time.
Hence add a suitable lockdep expression to silence the following
false-positive warning:
=============================
WARNING: suspicious RCU usage
5.7.0-rc3-next-20200428-syzkaller #0 Not tainted
-----------------------------
net/ipv4/ipmr.c:136 RCU-list traversed in non-reader section!!
ipmr_get_table+0x130/0x160 net/ipv4/ipmr.c:136
ipmr_new_table net/ipv4/ipmr.c:403 [inline]
ipmr_rules_init net/ipv4/ipmr.c:248 [inline]
ipmr_net_init+0x133/0x430 net/ipv4/ipmr.c:3089
Fixes: f0ad0860d0 ("ipv4: ipmr: support multiple tables")
Reported-by: syzbot+1519f497f2f9f08183c6@syzkaller.appspotmail.com
Suggested-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Amol Grover <frextrite@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ipmr_for_each_table() macro uses list_for_each_entry_rcu()
for traversing outside of an RCU read side critical section
but under the protection of rtnl_mutex. Hence, add the
corresponding lockdep expression to silence the following
false-positive warning at boot:
[ 4.319347] =============================
[ 4.319349] WARNING: suspicious RCU usage
[ 4.319351] 5.5.4-stable #17 Tainted: G E
[ 4.319352] -----------------------------
[ 4.319354] net/ipv4/ipmr.c:1757 RCU-list traversed in non-reader section!!
Fixes: f0ad0860d0 ("ipv4: ipmr: support multiple tables")
Signed-off-by: Amol Grover <frextrite@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Clean up after recent fixes, move address calculations
around and change the variable init, so that we can have
just one start_offset == end_offset check.
Make the check a little stricter to preserve the -EINVAL
error if requested start offset is larger than the region
itself.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Each rpc_client has a cl_clid which is allocated from a global ida, and
a debugfs directory which is named after cl_clid.
We're releasing the cl_clid before we free the debugfs directory named
after it. As soon as the cl_clid is released, that value is available
for another newly created client.
That leaves a window where another client may attempt to create a new
debugfs directory with the same name as the not-yet-deleted debugfs
directory from the dying client. Symptoms are log messages like
Directory 4 with parent 'rpc_clnt' already present!
Fixes: 7c4310ff56 "SUNRPC: defer slow parts of rpc_free_client() to a workqueue."
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@hammerspace.com>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter fixes for net:
1) Fix gcc-10 compilation warning in nf_conntrack, from Arnd Bergmann.
2) Add NF_FLOW_HW_PENDING to avoid races between stats and deletion
commands, from Paul Blakey.
3) Remove WQ_MEM_RECLAIM from the offload workqueue, from Roi Dayan.
4) Infinite loop when removing nf_conntrack module, from Florian Westphal.
5) Set NF_FLOW_TEARDOWN bit on expiration to avoid races when refreshing
the timeout from the software path.
6) Missing nft_set_elem_expired() check in the rbtree, from Phil Sutter.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In esp6_init_state() for beet mode when x->sel.family != AF_INET6:
x->props.header_len = sizeof(struct ip_esp_hdr) +
crypto_aead_ivsize(aead) + IPV4_BEET_PHMAXLEN +
(sizeof(struct ipv6hdr) - sizeof(struct iphdr))
In xfrm6_beet_gso_segment() skb->transport_header is supposed to move
to the end of the ph header for IPPROTO_BEETPH, so if x->sel.family !=
AF_INET6 and it's IPPROTO_BEETPH, it should do:
skb->transport_header -=
(sizeof(struct ipv6hdr) - sizeof(struct iphdr));
skb->transport_header += ph->hdrlen * 8;
And IPV4_BEET_PHMAXLEN is only reserved for PH header, so if
x->sel.family != AF_INET6 and it's not IPPROTO_BEETPH, it should do:
skb->transport_header -=
(sizeof(struct ipv6hdr) - sizeof(struct iphdr));
skb->transport_header -= IPV4_BEET_PHMAXLEN;
Thanks Sabrina for looking deep into this issue.
Fixes: 7f9e40eb18 ("esp6: add gso_segment for esp6 beet mode")
Reported-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
While do_ipv6_getsockopt does not call the high-level recvmsg helper,
the msghdr eventually ends up being passed to put_cmsg anyway, and thus
needs msg_control_is_user set to the proper value.
Fixes: 1f466e1f15 ("net: cleanly handle kernel vs user buffers for ->msg_control")
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a service subscription is expired or canceled by user, it needs to
be deleted from the subscription list, so that new subscriptions can be
registered (max = 65535 per net). However, there are two issues in code
that can cause such an unused subscription to persist:
1) The 'tipc_conn_delete_sub()' has a loop on the subscription list but
it makes a break shortly when the 1st subscription differs from the one
specified, so the subscription will not be deleted.
2) In case a subscription is canceled, the code to remove the
'TIPC_SUB_CANCEL' flag from the subscription filter does not work if it
is a local subscription (i.e. the little endian isn't involved). So, it
will be no matches when looking for the subscription to delete later.
The subscription(s) will be removed eventually when the user terminates
its topology connection but that could be a long time later. Meanwhile,
the number of available subscriptions may be exhausted.
This commit fixes the two issues above, so as needed a subscription can
be deleted correctly.
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jmaloy@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Tuong Lien <tuong.t.lien@dektech.com.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Upon receipt of a service subscription request from user via a topology
connection, one 'sub' object will be allocated in kernel, so it will be
able to send an event of the service if any to the user correspondingly
then. Also, in case of any failure, the connection will be shutdown and
all the pertaining 'sub' objects will be freed.
However, there is a race condition as follows resulting in memory leak:
receive-work connection send-work
| | |
sub-1 |<------//-------| |
sub-2 |<------//-------| |
| |<---------------| evt for sub-x
sub-3 |<------//-------| |
: : :
: : :
| /--------| |
| | * peer closed |
| | | |
| | |<-------X-------| evt for sub-y
| | |<===============|
sub-n |<------/ X shutdown |
-> orphan | |
That is, the 'receive-work' may get the last subscription request while
the 'send-work' is shutting down the connection due to peer close.
We had a 'lock' on the connection, so the two actions cannot be carried
out simultaneously. If the last subscription is allocated e.g. 'sub-n',
before the 'send-work' closes the connection, there will be no issue at
all, the 'sub' objects will be freed. In contrast the last subscription
will become orphan since the connection was closed, and we released all
references.
This commit fixes the issue by simply adding one test if the connection
remains in 'connected' state right after we obtain the connection lock,
then a subscription object can be created as usual, otherwise we ignore
it.
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jmaloy@redhat.com>
Reported-by: Thang Ngo <thang.h.ngo@dektech.com.au>
Signed-off-by: Tuong Lien <tuong.t.lien@dektech.com.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently when a connection is in Nagle mode, we set the 'ack_required'
bit in the last sending buffer and wait for the corresponding ACK prior
to pushing more data. However, on the receiving side, the ACK is issued
only when application really reads the whole data. Even if part of the
last buffer is received, we will not do the ACK as required. This might
cause an unnecessary delay since the receiver does not always fetch the
message as fast as the sender, resulting in a large latency in the user
message sending, which is: [one RTT + the receiver processing time].
The commit makes Nagle ACK as soon as possible i.e. when a message with
the 'ack_required' arrives in the receiving side's stack even before it
is processed or put in the socket receive queue...
This way, we can limit the streaming latency to one RTT as committed in
Nagle mode.
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jmaloy@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Tuong Lien <tuong.t.lien@dektech.com.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The code had historically been ignoring these errors, and my recent
refactoring changed that, which broke ssh in some setups.
Fixes: 2618d530dd ("net/scm: cleanup scm_detach_fds")
Reported-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@idosch.org>
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Tested-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Tested-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit b121b341e5 ("bpf: Add PTR_TO_BTF_ID_OR_NULL
support") adds a field btf_id_or_null_non0_off to
bpf_prog->aux structure to indicate that the
first ctx argument is PTR_TO_BTF_ID reg_type and
all others are PTR_TO_BTF_ID_OR_NULL.
This approach does not really scale if we have
other different reg types in the future, e.g.,
a pointer to a buffer.
This patch enables bpf_iter targets registering ctx argument
reg types which may be different from the default one.
For example, for pointers to structures, the default reg_type
is PTR_TO_BTF_ID for tracing program. The target can register
a particular pointer type as PTR_TO_BTF_ID_OR_NULL which can
be used by the verifier to enforce accesses.
Signed-off-by: Yonghong Song <yhs@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200513180221.2949882-1-yhs@fb.com
Change func bpf_iter_unreg_target() parameter from target
name to target reg_info, similar to bpf_iter_reg_target().
Signed-off-by: Yonghong Song <yhs@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200513180220.2949737-1-yhs@fb.com
Currently bpf_iter_reg_target takes parameters from target
and allocates memory to save them. This is really not
necessary, esp. in the future we may grow information
passed from targets to bpf_iter manager.
The patch refactors the code so target reg_info
becomes static and bpf_iter manager can just take
a reference to it.
Signed-off-by: Yonghong Song <yhs@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200513180219.2949605-1-yhs@fb.com
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2020-05-13
Here's a second attempt at a bluetooth-next pull request which
supercedes the one dated 2020-05-09. This should have the issues
discovered by Jakub fixed.
- Add support for Intel Typhoon Peak device (8087:0032)
- Add device tree bindings for Realtek RTL8723BS device
- Add device tree bindings for Qualcomm QCA9377 device
- Add support for experimental features configuration through mgmt
- Add driver hook to prevent wake from suspend
- Add support for waiting for L2CAP disconnection response
- Multiple fixes & cleanups to the btbcm driver
- Add support for LE scatternet topology for selected devices
- A few other smaller fixes & cleanups
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Whenever we disconnect a L2CAP connection, we would immediately
report a disconnection event (EPOLLHUP) to the upper layer, without
waiting for the response of the other device.
This patch offers an option to wait until we receive a disconnection
response before reporting disconnection event, by using the "how"
parameter in l2cap_sock_shutdown(). Therefore, upper layer can opt
to wait for disconnection response by shutdown(sock, SHUT_WR).
This can be used to enforce proper disconnection order in HID,
where the disconnection of the interrupt channel must be complete
before attempting to disconnect the control channel.
Signed-off-by: Archie Pusaka <apusaka@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
After sending Inquiry Cancel command to the controller, it is possible
that Inquiry Complete event comes before Inquiry Cancel command complete
event. In this case the Inquiry Cancel command will have status of
Command Disallowed since there is no Inquiry session to be cancelled.
This case should not be treated as error, otherwise we can reach an
inconsistent state.
Example of a btmon trace when this happened:
< HCI Command: Inquiry Cancel (0x01|0x0002) plen 0
> HCI Event: Inquiry Complete (0x01) plen 1
Status: Success (0x00)
> HCI Event: Command Complete (0x0e) plen 4
Inquiry Cancel (0x01|0x0002) ncmd 1
Status: Command Disallowed (0x0c)
Signed-off-by: Sonny Sasaka <sonnysasaka@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Let drivers have a hook to disable configuring scanning during suspend.
Drivers should use the device_may_wakeup function call to determine
whether hci should be configured for wakeup.
For example, an implementation for btusb may look like the following:
bool btusb_prevent_wake(struct hci_dev *hdev)
{
struct btusb_data *data = hci_get_drvdata(hdev);
return !device_may_wakeup(&data->udev->dev);
}
Signed-off-by: Abhishek Pandit-Subedi <abhishekpandit@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Alain Michaud <alainm@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Renamed BT_SUSPEND_COMPLETE to BT_SUSPEND_CONFIGURE_WAKE since it sets
up the event filter and whitelist for wake-up.
Signed-off-by: Abhishek Pandit-Subedi <abhishekpandit@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Alain Michaud <alainm@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When a device is suspended, it doesn't need to be as responsive to
connection events. Increase the interval to 640ms (creating a duty cycle
of roughly 1.75%) so that passive scanning uses much less power (vs
previous duty cycle of 18.75%). The new window + interval combination
has been tested to work with HID devices (which are currently the only
devices capable of wake up).
Signed-off-by: Abhishek Pandit-Subedi <abhishekpandit@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The types for window and interval should be uint16, not uint8.
Signed-off-by: Abhishek Pandit-Subedi <abhishekpandit@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The cipso and calipso code can set the MLS_CAT attribute on
successful parsing, even if the corresponding catmap has
not been allocated, as per current configuration and external
input.
Later, selinux code tries to access the catmap if the MLS_CAT flag
is present via netlbl_catmap_getlong(). That may cause null ptr
dereference while processing incoming network traffic.
Address the issue setting the MLS_CAT flag only if the catmap is
really allocated. Additionally let netlbl_catmap_getlong() cope
with NULL catmap.
Reported-by: Matthew Sheets <matthew.sheets@gd-ms.com>
Fixes: 4b8feff251 ("netlabel: fix the horribly broken catmap functions")
Fixes: ceba1832b1 ("calipso: Set the calipso socket label to match the secattr.")
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A comparison between a value from the packet and an integer constant
value needs to be done by converting the value from the packet from
net->host, or the constant from host->net. Not the other way around.
Even though it makes no practical difference, correct that.
Fixes: 38b5beeae7 ("net: dsa: sja1105: prepare tagger for handling DSA tags and VLAN simultaneously")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a check to make sure the IFLA_GRE_ERSPAN_VER is provided by users.
Fixes: f989d546a2 ("erspan: Add type I version 0 support.")
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: William Tu <u9012063@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Create a subvlan_map as part of each port's tagger private structure.
This keeps reverse mappings of bridge-to-dsa_8021q VLAN retagging rules.
Note that as of this patch, this piece of code is never engaged, due to
the fact that the driver hasn't installed any retagging rule, so we'll
always see packets with a subvlan code of 0 (untagged).
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For switches that support VLAN retagging, such as sja1105, we extend
dsa_8021q by encoding a "sub-VLAN" into the remaining 3 free bits in the
dsa_8021q tag.
A sub-VLAN is nothing more than a number in the range 0-7, which serves
as an index into a per-port driver lookup table. The sub-VLAN value of
zero means that traffic is untagged (this is also backwards-compatible
with dsa_8021q without retagging).
The switch should be configured to retag VLAN-tagged traffic that gets
transmitted towards the CPU port (and towards the CPU only). Example:
bridge vlan add dev sw1p0 vid 100
The switch retags frames received on port 0, going to the CPU, and
having VID 100, to the VID of 1104 (0x0450). In dsa_8021q language:
| 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
+-----------+-----+-----------------+-----------+-----------------------+
| DIR | SVL | SWITCH_ID | SUBVLAN | PORT |
+-----------+-----+-----------------+-----------+-----------------------+
0x0450 means:
- DIR = 0b01: this is an RX VLAN
- SUBVLAN = 0b001: this is subvlan #1
- SWITCH_ID = 0b001: this is switch 1 (see the name "sw1p0")
- PORT = 0b0000: this is port 0 (see the name "sw1p0")
The driver also remembers the "1 -> 100" mapping. In the hotpath, if the
sub-VLAN from the tag encodes a non-untagged frame, this mapping is used
to create a VLAN hwaccel tag, with the value of 100.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In VLAN-unaware mode, sja1105 uses VLAN tags with a custom TPID of
0xdadb. While in the yet-to-be introduced best_effort_vlan_filtering
mode, it needs to work with normal VLAN TPID values.
A complication arises when we must transmit a VLAN-tagged packet to the
switch when it's in VLAN-aware mode. We need to construct a packet with
2 VLAN tags, and the switch will use the outer header for routing and
pop it on egress. But sadly, here the 2 hardware generations don't
behave the same:
- E/T switches won't pop an ETH_P_8021AD tag on egress, it seems
(packets will remain double-tagged).
- P/Q/R/S switches will drop a packet with 2 ETH_P_8021Q tags (it looks
like it tries to prevent VLAN hopping).
But looks like the reverse is also true:
- E/T switches have no problem popping the outer tag from packets with
2 ETH_P_8021Q tags.
- P/Q/R/S will have no problem popping a single tag even if that is
ETH_P_8021AD.
So it is clear that if we want the hardware to work with dsa_8021q
tagging in VLAN-aware mode, we need to send different TPIDs depending on
revision. Keep that information in priv->info->qinq_tpid.
The per-port tagger structure will hold an xmit_tpid value that depends
not only upon the qinq_tpid, but also upon the VLAN awareness state
itself (in case we must transmit using 0xdadb).
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Managing the VLAN table that is present in hardware will become very
difficult once we add a third operating state
(best_effort_vlan_filtering). That is because correct cleanup (not too
little, not too much) becomes virtually impossible, when VLANs can be
added from the bridge layer, from dsa_8021q for basic tagging, for
cross-chip bridging, as well as retagging rules for sub-VLANs and
cross-chip sub-VLANs. So we need to rethink VLAN interaction with the
switch in a more scalable way.
In preparation for that, use the priv->expect_dsa_8021q boolean to
classify any VLAN request received through .port_vlan_add or
.port_vlan_del towards either one of 2 internal lists: bridge VLANs and
dsa_8021q VLANs.
Then, implement a central sja1105_build_vlan_table method that creates a
VLAN configuration from scratch based on the 2 lists of VLANs kept by
the driver, and based on the VLAN awareness state. Currently, if we are
VLAN-unaware, install the dsa_8021q VLANs, otherwise the bridge VLANs.
Then, implement a delta commit procedure that identifies which VLANs
from this new configuration are actually different from the config
previously committed to hardware. We apply the delta through the dynamic
configuration interface (we don't reset the switch). The result is that
the hardware should see the exact sequence of operations as before this
patch.
This also helps remove the "br" argument passed to
dsa_8021q_crosschip_bridge_join, which it was only using to figure out
whether it should commit the configuration back to us or not, based on
the VLAN awareness state of the bridge. We can simplify that, by always
allowing those VLANs inside of our dsa_8021q_vlans list, and committing
those to hardware when necessary.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function returns a boolean denoting whether the VLAN passed as
argument is part of the 1024-3071 range that the dsa_8021q tagging
scheme uses.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA assumes that a bridge which has vlan filtering disabled is not
vlan aware, and ignores all vlan configuration. However, the kernel
software bridge code allows configuration in this state.
This causes the kernel's idea of the bridge vlan state and the
hardware state to disagree, so "bridge vlan show" indicates a correct
configuration but the hardware lacks all configuration. Even worse,
enabling vlan filtering on a DSA bridge immediately blocks all traffic
which, given the output of "bridge vlan show", is very confusing.
Provide an option that drivers can set to indicate they want to receive
vlan configuration even when vlan filtering is disabled. At the very
least, this is safe for Marvell DSA bridges, which do not look up
ingress traffic in the VTU if the port is in 8021Q disabled state. It is
also safe for the Ocelot switch family. Whether this change is suitable
for all DSA bridges is not known.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We autotune rcvbuf whenever SO_RCVLOWAT is set to account for 100%
overhead in tcp_set_rcvlowat()
This works well when skb->len/skb->truesize ratio is bigger than 0.5
But if we receive packets with small MSS, we can end up in a situation
where not enough bytes are available in the receive queue to satisfy
RCVLOWAT setting.
As our sk_rcvbuf limit is hit, we send zero windows in ACK packets,
preventing remote peer from sending more data.
Even autotuning does not help, because it only triggers at the time
user process drains the queue. If no EPOLLIN is generated, this
can not happen.
Note poll() has a similar issue, after commit
c7004482e8 ("tcp: Respect SO_RCVLOWAT in tcp_poll().")
Fixes: 03f45c883c ("tcp: avoid extra wakeups for SO_RCVLOWAT users")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the other MPTCP-peer uses 32-bit data-sequence numbers, we rely on
map_seq to indicate how to expand to a 64-bit data-sequence number in
expand_seq() when receiving data.
For new subflows, this field is not initialized, thus results in an
"invalid" mapping being discarded.
Fix this by initializing map_seq upon subflow establishment time.
Fixes: f296234c98 ("mptcp: Add handling of incoming MP_JOIN requests")
Signed-off-by: Christoph Paasch <cpaasch@apple.com>
Reviewed-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Expired intervals would still match and be dumped to user space until
garbage collection wiped them out. Make sure they stop matching and
disappear (from users' perspective) as soon as they expire.
Fixes: 8d8540c4f5 ("netfilter: nft_set_rbtree: add timeout support")
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
If the flow timer expires, the gc sets on the NF_FLOW_TEARDOWN flag.
Otherwise, the flowtable software path might race to refresh the
timeout, leaving the state machine in inconsistent state.
Fixes: c29f74e0df ("netfilter: nf_flow_table: hardware offload support")
Reported-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
When I cat parameter '/sys/module/sunrpc/parameters/pool_mode', it
displays as follows. It is better to add a newline for easy reading.
[root@hulk-202 ~]# cat /sys/module/sunrpc/parameters/pool_mode
global[root@hulk-202 ~]#
Signed-off-by: Xiongfeng Wang <wangxiongfeng2@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
The msg_control field in struct msghdr can either contain a user
pointer when used with the recvmsg system call, or a kernel pointer
when used with sendmsg. To complicate things further kernel_recvmsg
can stuff a kernel pointer in and then use set_fs to make the uaccess
helpers accept it.
Replace it with a union of a kernel pointer msg_control field, and
a user pointer msg_control_user one, and allow kernel_recvmsg operate
on a proper kernel pointer using a bitfield to override the normal
choice of a user pointer for recvmsg.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a variant of CMSG_DATA that operates on user pointer to avoid
sparse warnings about casting to/from user pointers. Also fix up
CMSG_DATA to rely on the gcc extension that allows void pointer
arithmetics to cut down on the amount of casts.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sja1105_netdev_ops should be const since that is what the DSA layer
expects.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ocelot_netdev_ops should be const since that is what the DSA layer
expects.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Resolve a data integrity problem with NFSD that I inadvertently
introduced last year. The change I made makes the NFS server's
duplicate reply cache ineffective when krb5i or krb5p are in use,
thus allowing the replay of non-idempotent NFS requests such as
RENAME, SETATTR, or even WRITEs.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2.0.22 (GNU/Linux)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=hT3x
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'nfsd-5.7-rc-2' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/cel/cel-2.6
Pull nfsd fixes from Chuck Lever:
"Resolve a data integrity problem with NFSD that I inadvertently
introduced last year.
The change I made makes the NFS server's duplicate reply cache
ineffective when krb5i or krb5p are in use, thus allowing the replay
of non-idempotent NFS requests such as RENAME, SETATTR, or even
WRITEs"
* tag 'nfsd-5.7-rc-2' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/cel/cel-2.6:
SUNRPC: Revert 241b1f419f ("SUNRPC: Remove xdr_buf_trim()")
SUNRPC: Fix GSS privacy computation of auth->au_ralign
SUNRPC: Add "@len" parameter to gss_unwrap()
Ensure that signalled ASYNC rpc_tasks exit immediately instead of
spinning until a timeout (or forever).
To avoid checking for the signal flag on every scheduler iteration,
the check is instead introduced in the client's finite state
machine.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Fixes: ae67bd3821 ("SUNRPC: Fix up task signalling")
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@hammerspace.com>
'rmmod nf_conntrack' can hang forever, because the netns exit
gets stuck in nf_conntrack_cleanup_net_list():
i_see_dead_people:
busy = 0;
list_for_each_entry(net, net_exit_list, exit_list) {
nf_ct_iterate_cleanup(kill_all, net, 0, 0);
if (atomic_read(&net->ct.count) != 0)
busy = 1;
}
if (busy) {
schedule();
goto i_see_dead_people;
}
When nf_ct_iterate_cleanup iterates the conntrack table, all nf_conn
structures can be found twice:
once for the original tuple and once for the conntracks reply tuple.
get_next_corpse() only calls the iterator when the entry is
in original direction -- the idea was to avoid unneeded invocations
of the iterator callback.
When support for clashing entries was added, the assumption that
all nf_conn objects are added twice, once in original, once for reply
tuple no longer holds -- NF_CLASH_BIT entries are only added in
the non-clashing reply direction.
Thus, if at least one NF_CLASH entry is in the list then
nf_conntrack_cleanup_net_list() always skips it completely.
During normal netns destruction, this causes a hang of several
seconds, until the gc worker removes the entry (NF_CLASH entries
always have a 1 second timeout).
But in the rmmod case, the gc worker has already been stopped, so
ct.count never becomes 0.
We can fix this in two ways:
1. Add a second test for CLASH_BIT and call iterator for those
entries as well, or:
2. Skip the original tuple direction and use the reply tuple.
2) is simpler, so do that.
Fixes: 6a757c07e5 ("netfilter: conntrack: allow insertion of clashing entries")
Reported-by: Chen Yi <yiche@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
rxrpc currently uses a fixed 4s retransmission timeout until the RTT is
sufficiently sampled. This can cause problems with some fileservers with
calls to the cache manager in the afs filesystem being dropped from the
fileserver because a packet goes missing and the retransmission timeout is
greater than the call expiry timeout.
Fix this by:
(1) Copying the RTT/RTO calculation code from Linux's TCP implementation
and altering it to fit rxrpc.
(2) Altering the various users of the RTT to make use of the new SRTT
value.
(3) Replacing the use of rxrpc_resend_timeout to use the calculated RTO
value instead (which is needed in jiffies), along with a backoff.
Notes:
(1) rxrpc provides RTT samples by matching the serial numbers on outgoing
DATA packets that have the RXRPC_REQUEST_ACK set and PING ACK packets
against the reference serial number in incoming REQUESTED ACK and
PING-RESPONSE ACK packets.
(2) Each packet that is transmitted on an rxrpc connection gets a new
per-connection serial number, even for retransmissions, so an ACK can
be cross-referenced to a specific trigger packet. This allows RTT
information to be drawn from retransmitted DATA packets also.
(3) rxrpc maintains the RTT/RTO state on the rxrpc_peer record rather than
on an rxrpc_call because many RPC calls won't live long enough to
generate more than one sample.
(4) The calculated SRTT value is in units of 8ths of a microsecond rather
than nanoseconds.
The (S)RTT and RTO values are displayed in /proc/net/rxrpc/peers.
Fixes: 17926a7932 ([AF_RXRPC]: Provide secure RxRPC sockets for use by userspace and kernel both"")
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Gc step can queue offloaded flow del work or stats work.
Those work items can race each other and a flow could be freed
before the stats work is executed and querying it.
To avoid that, add a pending bit that if a work exists for a flow
don't queue another work for it.
This will also avoid adding multiple stats works in case stats work
didn't complete but gc step started again.
Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
After recent change 'x' is only used when CONFIG_NETFILTER is set:
net/ipv4/xfrm4_output.c: In function '__xfrm4_output':
net/ipv4/xfrm4_output.c:19:21: warning: unused variable 'x' [-Wunused-variable]
19 | struct xfrm_state *x = skb_dst(skb)->xfrm;
Expand the CONFIG_NETFILTER scope to avoid this.
Fixes: 2ab6096db2 ("xfrm: remove output_finish indirection from xfrm_state_afinfo")
Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
In case dynamic debug is disabled, this feature allows a vendor platform
to provide debug statement printing.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
To enable platform specific experimental features, introduce this new set of
management commands and events.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The security manager operates on a specific controller and thus use
bt_dev_dbg to indetify the controller for each debug message.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When setting HCI_MGMT_HDEV_OPTIONAL it is possible to target a specific
conntroller or a global interface.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The majority of management interaction are based on a controller index
and have a hci_dev associated with it. So use bt_dev_dbg to have a clean
way of indentifying the controller the debug message belongs to.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The event MGMT_EV_PHY_CONFIGURATION_CHANGED wasn't listed in the list of
supported events. So add it.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Fix 2 typos in L2CAP_CREDIT_BASED_CONNECTION_REQ (0x17) handling function, that
cause BlueZ answer with L2CAP_CR_LE_INVALID_PARAMS or L2CAP_CR_LE_INVALID_SCID
error on a correct ECRED connection request.
Enchanced Credit Based Mode support was recently introduced with the commit
15f02b9105 ("Bluetooth: L2CAP: Add initial code
for Enhanced Credit Based Mode").
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Forostyan <konstantin.forostyan@peiker-cee.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch fix the advertising handle is set to 0 regardless of actual
instance value. The affected commands are LE Set Advertising Set Random
Address, LE Set Extended Advertising Data, and LE Set Extended Scan
Response Data commands.
Signed-off-by: Tedd Ho-Jeong An <tedd.an@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
sja1105 uses dsa_8021q for DSA tagging, a format which is VLAN at heart
and which is compatible with cascading. A complete description of this
tagging format is in net/dsa/tag_8021q.c, but a quick summary is that
each external-facing port tags incoming frames with a unique pvid, and
this special VLAN is transmitted as tagged towards the inside of the
system, and as untagged towards the exterior. The tag encodes the switch
id and the source port index.
This means that cross-chip bridging for dsa_8021q only entails adding
the dsa_8021q pvids of one switch to the RX filter of the other
switches. Everything else falls naturally into place, as long as the
bottom-end of ports (the leaves in the tree) is comprised exclusively of
dsa_8021q-compatible (i.e. sja1105 switches). Otherwise, there would be
a chance that a front-panel switch transmits a packet tagged with a
dsa_8021q header, header which it wouldn't be able to remove, and which
would hence "leak" out.
The only use case I tested (due to lack of board availability) was when
the sja1105 switches are part of disjoint trees (however, this doesn't
change the fact that multiple sja1105 switches still need unique switch
identifiers in such a system). But in principle, even "true" single-tree
setups (with DSA links) should work just as fine, except for a small
change which I can't test: dsa_towards_port should be used instead of
dsa_upstream_port (I made the assumption that the routing port that any
sja1105 should use towards its neighbours is the CPU port. That might
not hold true in other setups).
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Somewhat similar to dsa_tree_find, dsa_switch_find returns a dsa_switch
structure pointer by searching for its tree index and switch index (the
parameters from dsa,member). To be used, for example, by drivers who
implement .crosschip_bridge_join and need a reference to the other
switch indicated to by the tree_index and sw_index arguments.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
One way of utilizing DSA is by cascading switches which do not all have
compatible taggers. Consider the following real-life topology:
+---------------------------------------------------------------+
| LS1028A |
| +------------------------------+ |
| | DSA master for Felix | |
| |(internal ENETC port 2: eno2))| |
| +------------+------------------------------+-------------+ |
| | Felix embedded L2 switch | |
| | | |
| | +--------------+ +--------------+ +--------------+ | |
| | |DSA master for| |DSA master for| |DSA master for| | |
| | | SJA1105 1 | | SJA1105 2 | | SJA1105 3 | | |
| | |(Felix port 1)| |(Felix port 2)| |(Felix port 3)| | |
+--+-+--------------+---+--------------+---+--------------+--+--+
+-----------------------+ +-----------------------+ +-----------------------+
| SJA1105 switch 1 | | SJA1105 switch 2 | | SJA1105 switch 3 |
+-----+-----+-----+-----+ +-----+-----+-----+-----+ +-----+-----+-----+-----+
|sw1p0|sw1p1|sw1p2|sw1p3| |sw2p0|sw2p1|sw2p2|sw2p3| |sw3p0|sw3p1|sw3p2|sw3p3|
+-----+-----+-----+-----+ +-----+-----+-----+-----+ +-----+-----+-----+-----+
The above can be described in the device tree as follows (obviously not
complete):
mscc_felix {
dsa,member = <0 0>;
ports {
port@4 {
ethernet = <&enetc_port2>;
};
};
};
sja1105_switch1 {
dsa,member = <1 1>;
ports {
port@4 {
ethernet = <&mscc_felix_port1>;
};
};
};
sja1105_switch2 {
dsa,member = <2 2>;
ports {
port@4 {
ethernet = <&mscc_felix_port2>;
};
};
};
sja1105_switch3 {
dsa,member = <3 3>;
ports {
port@4 {
ethernet = <&mscc_felix_port3>;
};
};
};
Basically we instantiate one DSA switch tree for every hardware switch
in the system, but we still give them globally unique switch IDs (will
come back to that later). Having 3 disjoint switch trees makes the
tagger drivers "just work", because net devices are registered for the
3 Felix DSA master ports, and they are also DSA slave ports to the ENETC
port. So packets received on the ENETC port are stripped of their
stacked DSA tags one by one.
Currently, hardware bridging between ports on the same sja1105 chip is
possible, but switching between sja1105 ports on different chips is
handled by the software bridge. This is fine, but we can do better.
In fact, the dsa_8021q tag used by sja1105 is compatible with cascading.
In other words, a sja1105 switch can correctly parse and route a packet
containing a dsa_8021q tag. So if we could enable hardware bridging on
the Felix DSA master ports, cross-chip bridging could be completely
offloaded.
Such as system would be used as follows:
ip link add dev br0 type bridge && ip link set dev br0 up
for port in sw0p0 sw0p1 sw0p2 sw0p3 \
sw1p0 sw1p1 sw1p2 sw1p3 \
sw2p0 sw2p1 sw2p2 sw2p3; do
ip link set dev $port master br0
done
The above makes switching between ports on the same row be performed in
hardware, and between ports on different rows in software. Now assume
the Felix switch ports are called swp0, swp1, swp2. By running the
following extra commands:
ip link add dev br1 type bridge && ip link set dev br1 up
for port in swp0 swp1 swp2; do
ip link set dev $port master br1
done
the CPU no longer sees packets which traverse sja1105 switch boundaries
and can be forwarded directly by Felix. The br1 bridge would not be used
for any sort of traffic termination.
For this to work, we need to give drivers an opportunity to listen for
bridging events on DSA trees other than their own, and pass that other
tree index as argument. I have made the assumption, for the moment, that
the other existing DSA notifiers don't need to be broadcast to other
trees. That assumption might turn out to be incorrect. But in the
meantime, introduce a dsa_broadcast function, similar in purpose to
dsa_port_notify, which is used only by the bridging notifiers.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Commit 8db0a2ee2c ("net: bridge: reject DSA-enabled master netdevices
as bridge members") added a special check in br_if.c in order to check
for a DSA master network device with a tagging protocol configured. This
was done because back then, such devices, once enslaved in a bridge
would become inoperative and would not pass DSA tagged traffic anymore
due to br_handle_frame returning RX_HANDLER_CONSUMED.
But right now we have valid use cases which do require bridging of DSA
masters. One such example is when the DSA master ports are DSA switch
ports themselves (in a disjoint tree setup). This should be completely
equivalent, functionally speaking, from having multiple DSA switches
hanging off of the ports of a switchdev driver. So we should allow the
enslaving of DSA tagged master network devices.
Instead of the regular br_handle_frame(), install a new function
br_handle_frame_dummy() on these DSA masters, which returns
RX_HANDLER_PASS in order to call into the DSA specific tagging protocol
handlers, and lift the restriction from br_add_if.
Suggested-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Suggested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Parts of rpc_free_client() were recently moved to
a separate rpc_free_clent_work(). This introduced
a use-after-free as rpc_clnt_remove_pipedir() calls
rpc_net_ns(), and that uses clnt->cl_xprt which has already
been freed.
So move the call to xprt_put() after the call to
rpc_clnt_remove_pipedir().
Reported-by: syzbot+22b5ef302c7c40d94ea8@syzkaller.appspotmail.com
Fixes: 7c4310ff56 ("SUNRPC: defer slow parts of rpc_free_client() to a workqueue.")
Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@hammerspace.com>
gcc-10 warns around a suspicious access to an empty struct member:
net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_core.c: In function '__nf_conntrack_alloc':
net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_core.c:1522:9: warning: array subscript 0 is outside the bounds of an interior zero-length array 'u8[0]' {aka 'unsigned char[0]'} [-Wzero-length-bounds]
1522 | memset(&ct->__nfct_init_offset[0], 0,
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
In file included from net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_core.c:37:
include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack.h:90:5: note: while referencing '__nfct_init_offset'
90 | u8 __nfct_init_offset[0];
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
The code is correct but a bit unusual. Rework it slightly in a way that
does not trigger the warning, using an empty struct instead of an empty
array. There are probably more elegant ways to do this, but this is the
smallest change.
Fixes: c41884ce05 ("netfilter: conntrack: avoid zeroing timer")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Given that it takes time to run a cable test, send a notify message at
the start, as well as when it is completed.
v3:
EMSGSIZE when ethnl_bcastmsg_put() fails
Print an error message on failure, since this is a void function.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The PHY drivers can use these helpers for reporting the results. The
results get translated into netlink attributes which are added to the
pre-allocated skbuf.
v3:
Poison phydev->skb
Return -EMSGSIZE when ethnl_bcastmsg_put() fails
Return valid error code when nla_nest_start() fails
Use u8 for results
Actually put u32 length into message
v4:
s/ENOTSUPP/EOPNOTSUPP/g
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Provide infrastructure for PHY drivers to report the cable test
results. A netlink skb is associated to the phydev. Helpers will be
added which can add results to this skb. Once the test has finished
the results are sent to user space.
When netlink ethtool is not part of the kernel configuration stubs are
provided. It is also impossible to trigger a cable test, so the error
code returned by the alloc function is of no consequence.
v2:
Include the status complete in the netlink notification message
v4:
Replace -EINVAL with -EMSGSIZE
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Make some helpers for building ethtool netlink messages available
outside the compilation unit, so they can be used for building
messages which are not simple get/set.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Add new ethtool netlink calls to trigger the starting of a PHY cable
test.
Add Kconfig'ury to ETHTOOL_NETLINK so that PHYLIB is not a module when
ETHTOOL_NETLINK is builtin, which would result in kernel linking errors.
v2:
Remove unwanted white space change
Remove ethnl_cable_test_act_ops and use doit handler
Rename cable_test_set_policy cable_test_act_policy
Remove ETHTOOL_MSG_CABLE_TEST_ACT_REPLY
v3:
Remove ETHTOOL_MSG_CABLE_TEST_ACT_REPLY from documentation
Remove unused cable_test_get_policy
Add Reviewed-by tags
v4:
Remove unwanted blank line
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
If systemd is configured to use hybrid mode which enables the use of
both cgroup v1 and v2, systemd will create new cgroup on both the default
root (v2) and netprio_cgroup hierarchy (v1) for a new session and attach
task to the two cgroups. If the task does some network thing then the v2
cgroup can never be freed after the session exited.
One of our machines ran into OOM due to this memory leak.
In the scenario described above when sk_alloc() is called
cgroup_sk_alloc() thought it's in v2 mode, so it stores
the cgroup pointer in sk->sk_cgrp_data and increments
the cgroup refcnt, but then sock_update_netprioidx()
thought it's in v1 mode, so it stores netprioidx value
in sk->sk_cgrp_data, so the cgroup refcnt will never be freed.
Currently we do the mode switch when someone writes to the ifpriomap
cgroup control file. The easiest fix is to also do the switch when
a task is attached to a new cgroup.
Fixes: bd1060a1d6 ("sock, cgroup: add sock->sk_cgroup")
Reported-by: Yang Yingliang <yangyingliang@huawei.com>
Tested-by: Yang Yingliang <yangyingliang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Zefan Li <lizefan@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
This patch added netlink and ipv6_route targets, using
the same seq_ops (except show() and minor changes for stop())
for /proc/net/{netlink,ipv6_route}.
The net namespace for these targets are the current net
namespace at file open stage, similar to
/proc/net/{netlink,ipv6_route} reference counting
the net namespace at seq_file open stage.
Since module is not supported for now, ipv6_route is
supported only if the IPV6 is built-in, i.e., not compiled
as a module. The restriction can be lifted once module
is properly supported for bpf_iter.
Signed-off-by: Yonghong Song <yhs@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200509175910.2476329-1-yhs@fb.com
Add a simple struct nsset. It holds all necessary pieces to switch to a new
set of namespaces without leaving a task in a half-switched state which we
will make use of in the next patch. This patch switches the existing setns
logic over without causing a change in setns() behavior. This brings
setns() closer to how unshare() works(). The prepare_ns() function is
responsible to prepare all necessary information. This has two reasons.
First it minimizes dependencies between individual namespaces, i.e. all
install handler can expect that all fields are properly initialized
independent in what order they are called in. Second, this makes the code
easier to maintain and easier to follow if it needs to be changed.
The prepare_ns() helper will only be switched over to use a flags argument
in the next patch. Here it will still use nstype as a simple integer
argument which was argued would be clearer. I'm not particularly
opinionated about this if it really helps or not. The struct nsset itself
already contains the flags field since its name already indicates that it
can contain information required by different namespaces. None of this
should have functional consequences.
Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
Reviewed-by: Serge Hallyn <serge@hallyn.com>
Cc: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Cc: Serge Hallyn <serge@hallyn.com>
Cc: Jann Horn <jannh@google.com>
Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
Cc: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200505140432.181565-2-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com
This merge includes updates to bonding driver needed for the rdma stack,
to avoid conflicts with the RDMA branch.
Maor Gottlieb Says:
====================
Bonding: Add support to get xmit slave
The following series adds support to get the LAG master xmit slave by
introducing new .ndo - ndo_get_xmit_slave. Every LAG module can
implement it and it first implemented in the bond driver.
This is follow-up to the RFC discussion [1].
The main motivation for doing this is for drivers that offload part
of the LAG functionality. For example, Mellanox Connect-X hardware
implements RoCE LAG which selects the TX affinity when the resources
are created and port is remapped when it goes down.
The first part of this patchset introduces the new .ndo and add the
support to the bonding module.
The second part adds support to get the RoCE LAG xmit slave by building
skb of the RoCE packet based on the AH attributes and call to the new
.ndo.
The third part change the mlx5 driver driver to set the QP's affinity
port according to the slave which found by the .ndo.
====================
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
In commit b406472b5a ("net: ipv4: avoid mixed n_redirects and
rate_tokens usage") I missed the fact that a 0 'rate_tokens' will
bypass the backoff algorithm.
Since rate_tokens is cleared after a redirect silence, and never
incremented on redirects, if the host keeps receiving packets
requiring redirect it will reply ignoring the backoff.
Additionally, the 'rate_last' field will be updated with the
cadence of the ingress packet requiring redirect. If that rate is
high enough, that will prevent the host from generating any
other kind of ICMP messages
The check for a zero 'rate_tokens' value was likely a shortcut
to avoid the more complex backoff algorithm after a redirect
silence period. Address the issue checking for 'n_redirects'
instead, which is incremented on successful redirect, and
does not interfere with other ICMP replies.
Fixes: b406472b5a ("net: ipv4: avoid mixed n_redirects and rate_tokens usage")
Reported-and-tested-by: Colin Walters <walters@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
We currently have to adjust ipv6 route gc_thresh/max_size depending
on number of cpus on a server, this makes very little sense.
If the kernels sets /proc/sys/net/ipv6/route/gc_thresh to 1024
and /proc/sys/net/ipv6/route/max_size to 4096, then we better
not track the percpu dst that our implementation uses.
Only routes not added (directly or indirectly) by the admin
should be tracked and limited.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@kernel.org>
Cc: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Acked-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The type of dispatch is u8 which is always '<=' 0xff, so the
dispatch <= 0xff is always true, we can remove this comparison.
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yang Yingliang <yangyingliang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@datenfreihafen.org>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
percpu_counter_add() uses a default batch size which is quite big
on platforms with 256 cpus. (2*256 -> 512)
This means dst_entries_get_fast() can be off by +/- 2*(nr_cpus^2)
(131072 on servers with 256 cpus)
Reduce the batch size to something more reasonable, and
add logic to ip6_dst_gc() to call dst_entries_get_slow()
before calling the _very_ expensive fib6_run_gc() function.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf 2020-05-09
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net* tree.
We've added 4 non-merge commits during the last 9 day(s) which contain
a total of 4 files changed, 11 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-).
The main changes are:
1) Fix msg_pop_data() helper incorrectly setting an sge length in some
cases as well as fixing bpf_tcp_ingress() wrongly accounting bytes
in sg.size, from John Fastabend.
2) Fix to return an -EFAULT error when copy_to_user() of the value
fails in map_lookup_and_delete_elem(), from Wei Yongjun.
3) Fix sk_psock refcnt leak in tcp_bpf_recvmsg(), from Xiyu Yang.
====================
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The stated intent of the original commit is to is to "return the timestamp
corresponding to the highest sequence number data returned." The current
implementation returns the timestamp for the last byte of the last fully
read skb, which is not necessarily the last byte in the recv buffer. This
patch converts behavior to the original definition, and to the behavior of
the previous draft versions of commit 98aaa913b4 ("tcp: Extend
SOF_TIMESTAMPING_RX_SOFTWARE to TCP recvmsg") which also match this
behavior.
Fixes: 98aaa913b4 ("tcp: Extend SOF_TIMESTAMPING_RX_SOFTWARE to TCP recvmsg")
Co-developed-by: Iris Liu <iris@onechronos.com>
Signed-off-by: Iris Liu <iris@onechronos.com>
Signed-off-by: Kelly Littlepage <kelly@onechronos.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
We want to have a tighter control on what ports we bind to in
the BPF_CGROUP_INET{4,6}_CONNECT hooks even if it means
connect() becomes slightly more expensive. The expensive part
comes from the fact that we now need to call inet_csk_get_port()
that verifies that the port is not used and allocates an entry
in the hash table for it.
Since we can't rely on "snum || !bind_address_no_port" to prevent
us from calling POST_BIND hook anymore, let's add another bind flag
to indicate that the call site is BPF program.
v5:
* fix wrong AF_INET (should be AF_INET6) in the bpf program for v6
v3:
* More bpf_bind documentation refinements (Martin KaFai Lau)
* Add UDP tests as well (Martin KaFai Lau)
* Don't start the thread, just do socket+bind+listen (Martin KaFai Lau)
v2:
* Update documentation (Andrey Ignatov)
* Pass BIND_FORCE_ADDRESS_NO_PORT conditionally (Andrey Ignatov)
Signed-off-by: Stanislav Fomichev <sdf@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Andrey Ignatov <rdna@fb.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200508174611.228805-5-sdf@google.com
The intent is to add an additional bind parameter in the next commit.
Instead of adding another argument, let's convert all existing
flag arguments into an extendable bit field.
No functional changes.
Signed-off-by: Stanislav Fomichev <sdf@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Andrey Ignatov <rdna@fb.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200508174611.228805-4-sdf@google.com
<linux/cryptohash.h> sounds very generic and important, like it's the
header to include if you're doing cryptographic hashing in the kernel.
But actually it only includes the library implementation of the SHA-1
compression function (not even the full SHA-1). This should basically
never be used anymore; SHA-1 is no longer considered secure, and there
are much better ways to do cryptographic hashing in the kernel.
Most files that include this header don't actually need it. So in
preparation for removing it, remove all these unneeded includes of it.
Signed-off-by: Eric Biggers <ebiggers@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
The library implementation of the SHA-1 compression function is
confusingly called just "sha_transform()". Alongside it are some "SHA_"
constants and "sha_init()". Presumably these are left over from a time
when SHA just meant SHA-1. But now there are also SHA-2 and SHA-3, and
moreover SHA-1 is now considered insecure and thus shouldn't be used.
Therefore, rename these functions and constants to make it very clear
that they are for SHA-1. Also add a comment to make it clear that these
shouldn't be used.
For the extra-misleadingly named "SHA_MESSAGE_BYTES", rename it to
SHA1_BLOCK_SIZE and define it to just '64' rather than '(512/8)' so that
it matches the same definition in <crypto/sha.h>. This prepares for
merging <linux/cryptohash.h> into <crypto/sha.h>.
Signed-off-by: Eric Biggers <ebiggers@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
In preparation for naming the SHA-1 stuff in <linux/cryptohash.h>
properly and moving it to a more appropriate header, fix the HMAC-SHA256
code in mptcp_crypto_hmac_sha() to use SHA256_BLOCK_SIZE instead of
"SHA_MESSAGE_BYTES" which is actually the SHA-1 block size.
(Fortunately these are both 64 bytes, so this wasn't a "real" bug...)
Cc: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Cc: mptcp@lists.01.org
Signed-off-by: Eric Biggers <ebiggers@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Matthieu Baerts <matthieu.baerts@tessares.net>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Instead of manually allocating a 'struct shash_desc' on the stack and
calling crypto_shash_digest(), switch to using the new helper function
crypto_shash_tfm_digest() which does this for us.
Cc: linux-sctp@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Eric Biggers <ebiggers@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Instead of manually allocating a 'struct shash_desc' on the stack and
calling crypto_shash_digest(), switch to using the new helper function
crypto_shash_tfm_digest() which does this for us.
Cc: linux-bluetooth@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Eric Biggers <ebiggers@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
syzbot managed to trigger a recursive NETDEV_FEAT_CHANGE event
between bonding master and slave. I managed to find a reproducer
for this:
ip li set bond0 up
ifenslave bond0 eth0
brctl addbr br0
ethtool -K eth0 lro off
brctl addif br0 bond0
ip li set br0 up
When a NETDEV_FEAT_CHANGE event is triggered on a bonding slave,
it captures this and calls bond_compute_features() to fixup its
master's and other slaves' features. However, when syncing with
its lower devices by netdev_sync_lower_features() this event is
triggered again on slaves when the LRO feature fails to change,
so it goes back and forth recursively until the kernel stack is
exhausted.
Commit 17b85d29e8 intentionally lets __netdev_update_features()
return -1 for such a failure case, so we have to just rely on
the existing check inside netdev_sync_lower_features() and skip
NETDEV_FEAT_CHANGE event only for this specific failure case.
Fixes: fd867d51f8 ("net/core: generic support for disabling netdev features down stack")
Reported-by: syzbot+e73ceacfd8560cc8a3ca@syzkaller.appspotmail.com
Reported-by: syzbot+c2fb6f9ddcea95ba49b5@syzkaller.appspotmail.com
Cc: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Cc: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Cc: Josh Poimboeuf <jpoimboe@redhat.com>
Cc: Jann Horn <jannh@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Jay Vosburgh <jay.vosburgh@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now sch_fq has horizon feature, we want to allow QUIC/UDP applications
to use EDT model so that pacing can be offloaded to the kernel (sch_fq)
or the NIC.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Acked-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a subflow is created via mptcp_subflow_create_socket(),
a new 'struct socket' is allocated, with a new i_ino value.
When inspecting TCP sockets via the procfs and or the diag
interface, the above ones are not related to the process owning
the MPTCP master socket, even if they are a logical part of it
('ss -p' shows an empty process field)
Additionally, subflows created by the path manager get
the uid/gid from the running workqueue.
Subflows are part of the owning MPTCP master socket, let's
adjust the vfs info to reflect this.
After this patch, 'ss' correctly displays subflows as belonging
to the msk socket creator.
Fixes: 2303f994b3 ("mptcp: Associate MPTCP context with TCP socket")
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
netpoll_send_skb() callers seem to leak skb if
the np pointer is NULL. While this should not happen, we
can make the code more robust.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some callers want to know if the packet has been sent or
dropped, to inform upper stacks.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no need to inline this helper, as we intend to add more
code in this function.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
netpoll_send_skb_on_dev() can get the device pointer directly from np->dev
Rename it to __netpoll_send_skb()
Following patch will move netpoll_send_skb() out-of-line.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes gcc '-Wunused-but-set-variable' warning:
net/smc/smc_llc.c: In function 'smc_llc_cli_conf_link':
net/smc/smc_llc.c:753:31: warning:
variable 'del_llc' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
struct smc_llc_msg_del_link *del_llc;
^
net/smc/smc_llc.c: In function 'smc_llc_process_srv_delete_link':
net/smc/smc_llc.c:1311:33: warning:
variable 'del_llc_resp' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
struct smc_llc_msg_del_link *del_llc_resp;
^
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
so tcp_is_sack/reno checks are removed from tcp_mark_head_lost.
Signed-off-by: zhang kai <zhangkaiheb@126.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD macro is used to report a string describing an
error message to userspace via the netlink extended ACK structure. It
should not have a trailing newline.
Add a cocci script which catches cases where the newline marker is
present. Using this script, fix the handful of cases which accidentally
included a trailing new line.
I couldn't figure out a way to get a patch mode working, so this script
only implements context, report, and org.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Cc: Andy Whitcroft <apw@canonical.com>
Cc: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When VLAN frame is being sent, hsr calls WARN_ONCE() because hsr doesn't
support VLAN. But using WARN_ONCE() is overdoing.
Using netdev_warn_once() is enough.
Signed-off-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As its implementation shows, this is synonimous with calling
dsa_slave_dev_check followed by dsa_slave_to_port, so it is quite simple
already and provides functionality which is already there.
However there is now a need for these functions outside dsa_priv.h, for
example in drivers that perform mirroring and redirection through
tc-flower offloads (they are given raw access to the flow_cls_offload
structure), where they need to call this function on act->dev.
But simply exporting dsa_slave_to_port would make it non-inline and
would result in an extra function call in the hotpath, as can be seen
for example in sja1105:
Before:
000006dc <sja1105_xmit>:
{
6dc: e92d4ff0 push {r4, r5, r6, r7, r8, r9, sl, fp, lr}
6e0: e1a04000 mov r4, r0
6e4: e591958c ldr r9, [r1, #1420] ; 0x58c <- Inline dsa_slave_to_port
6e8: e1a05001 mov r5, r1
6ec: e24dd004 sub sp, sp, #4
u16 tx_vid = dsa_8021q_tx_vid(dp->ds, dp->index);
6f0: e1c901d8 ldrd r0, [r9, #24]
6f4: ebfffffe bl 0 <dsa_8021q_tx_vid>
6f4: R_ARM_CALL dsa_8021q_tx_vid
u8 pcp = netdev_txq_to_tc(netdev, queue_mapping);
6f8: e1d416b0 ldrh r1, [r4, #96] ; 0x60
u16 tx_vid = dsa_8021q_tx_vid(dp->ds, dp->index);
6fc: e1a08000 mov r8, r0
After:
000006e4 <sja1105_xmit>:
{
6e4: e92d4ff0 push {r4, r5, r6, r7, r8, r9, sl, fp, lr}
6e8: e1a04000 mov r4, r0
6ec: e24dd004 sub sp, sp, #4
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(netdev);
6f0: e1a00001 mov r0, r1
{
6f4: e1a05001 mov r5, r1
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(netdev);
6f8: ebfffffe bl 0 <dsa_slave_to_port>
6f8: R_ARM_CALL dsa_slave_to_port
6fc: e1a09000 mov r9, r0
u16 tx_vid = dsa_8021q_tx_vid(dp->ds, dp->index);
700: e1c001d8 ldrd r0, [r0, #24]
704: ebfffffe bl 0 <dsa_8021q_tx_vid>
704: R_ARM_CALL dsa_8021q_tx_vid
Because we want to avoid possible performance regressions, introduce
this new function which is designed to be public.
Suggested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 19bda36c42:
| ipv6: add mtu lock check in __ip6_rt_update_pmtu
|
| Prior to this patch, ipv6 didn't do mtu lock check in ip6_update_pmtu.
| It leaded to that mtu lock doesn't really work when receiving the pkt
| of ICMPV6_PKT_TOOBIG.
|
| This patch is to add mtu lock check in __ip6_rt_update_pmtu just as ipv4
| did in __ip_rt_update_pmtu.
The above reasoning is incorrect. IPv6 *requires* icmp based pmtu to work.
There's already a comment to this effect elsewhere in the kernel:
$ git grep -p -B1 -A3 'RTAX_MTU lock'
net/ipv6/route.c=4813=
static int rt6_mtu_change_route(struct fib6_info *f6i, void *p_arg)
...
/* In IPv6 pmtu discovery is not optional,
so that RTAX_MTU lock cannot disable it.
We still use this lock to block changes
caused by addrconf/ndisc.
*/
This reverts to the pre-4.9 behaviour.
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Cc: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Cc: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Fixes: 19bda36c42 ("ipv6: add mtu lock check in __ip6_rt_update_pmtu")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPC Router protocol is also used by external modems for exchanging the QMI
messages. Hence, it doesn't always depend on Qualcomm platforms. One such
instance is the QCA6390 WLAN device connected to x86 machine.
Reviewed-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Manivannan Sadhasivam <manivannan.sadhasivam@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MHI is the transport layer used for communicating to the external modems.
Hence, this commit adds MHI transport layer support to QRTR for
transferring the QMI messages over IPC Router.
Reviewed-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Manivannan Sadhasivam <manivannan.sadhasivam@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Fix reference count leaks in various parts of batman-adv, from Xiyu
Yang.
2) Update NAT checksum even when it is zero, from Guillaume Nault.
3) sk_psock reference count leak in tls code, also from Xiyu Yang.
4) Sanity check TCA_FQ_CODEL_DROP_BATCH_SIZE netlink attribute in
fq_codel, from Eric Dumazet.
5) Fix panic in choke_reset(), also from Eric Dumazet.
6) Fix VLAN accel handling in bnxt_fix_features(), from Michael Chan.
7) Disallow out of range quantum values in sch_sfq, from Eric Dumazet.
8) Fix crash in x25_disconnect(), from Yue Haibing.
9) Don't pass pointer to local variable back to the caller in
nf_osf_hdr_ctx_init(), from Arnd Bergmann.
10) Wireguard should use the ECN decap helper functions, from Toke
Høiland-Jørgensen.
11) Fix command entry leak in mlx5 driver, from Moshe Shemesh.
12) Fix uninitialized variable access in mptcp's
subflow_syn_recv_sock(), from Paolo Abeni.
13) Fix unnecessary out-of-order ingress frame ordering in macsec, from
Scott Dial.
14) IPv6 needs to use a global serial number for dst validation just
like ipv4, from David Ahern.
15) Fix up PTP_1588_CLOCK deps, from Clay McClure.
16) Missing NLM_F_MULTI flag in gtp driver netlink messages, from
Yoshiyuki Kurauchi.
17) Fix a regression in that dsa user port errors should not be fatal,
from Florian Fainelli.
18) Fix iomap leak in enetc driver, from Dejin Zheng.
19) Fix use after free in lec_arp_clear_vccs(), from Cong Wang.
20) Initialize protocol value earlier in neigh code paths when
generating events, from Roman Mashak.
21) netdev_update_features() must be called with RTNL mutex in macsec
driver, from Antoine Tenart.
22) Validate untrusted GSO packets even more strictly, from Willem de
Bruijn.
23) Wireguard decrypt worker needs a cond_resched(), from Jason
Donenfeld.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/netdev/net: (111 commits)
net: flow_offload: skip hw stats check for FLOW_ACTION_HW_STATS_DONT_CARE
MAINTAINERS: put DYNAMIC INTERRUPT MODERATION in proper order
wireguard: send/receive: use explicit unlikely branch instead of implicit coalescing
wireguard: selftests: initalize ipv6 members to NULL to squelch clang warning
wireguard: send/receive: cond_resched() when processing worker ringbuffers
wireguard: socket: remove errant restriction on looping to self
wireguard: selftests: use normal kernel stack size on ppc64
net: ethernet: ti: am65-cpsw-nuss: fix irqs type
ionic: Use debugfs_create_bool() to export bool
net: dsa: Do not leave DSA master with NULL netdev_ops
net: dsa: remove duplicate assignment in dsa_slave_add_cls_matchall_mirred
net: stricter validation of untrusted gso packets
seg6: fix SRH processing to comply with RFC8754
net: mscc: ocelot: ANA_AUTOAGE_AGE_PERIOD holds a value in seconds, not ms
net: dsa: ocelot: the MAC table on Felix is twice as large
net: dsa: sja1105: the PTP_CLK extts input reacts on both edges
selftests: net: tcp_mmap: fix SO_RCVLOWAT setting
net: hsr: fix incorrect type usage for protocol variable
net: macsec: fix rtnl locking issue
net: mvpp2: cls: Prevent buffer overflow in mvpp2_ethtool_cls_rule_del()
...
This patch adds FLOW_ACTION_HW_STATS_DONT_CARE which tells the driver
that the frontend does not need counters, this hw stats type request
never fails. The FLOW_ACTION_HW_STATS_DISABLED type explicitly requests
the driver to disable the stats, however, if the driver cannot disable
counters, it bails out.
TCA_ACT_HW_STATS_* maintains the 1:1 mapping with FLOW_ACTION_HW_STATS_*
except by disabled which is mapped to FLOW_ACTION_HW_STATS_DISABLED
(this is 0 in tc). Add tc_act_hw_stats() to perform the mapping between
TCA_ACT_HW_STATS_* and FLOW_ACTION_HW_STATS_*.
Fixes: 319a1d1947 ("flow_offload: check for basic action hw stats type")
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This UAPI is needed for BroadR-Reach 100BASE-T1 devices. Due to lack of
auto-negotiation support, we needed to be able to configure the
MASTER-SLAVE role of the port manually or from an application in user
space.
The same UAPI can be used for 1000BASE-T or MultiGBASE-T devices to
force MASTER or SLAVE role. See IEEE 802.3-2018:
22.2.4.3.7 MASTER-SLAVE control register (Register 9)
22.2.4.3.8 MASTER-SLAVE status register (Register 10)
40.5.2 MASTER-SLAVE configuration resolution
45.2.1.185.1 MASTER-SLAVE config value (1.2100.14)
45.2.7.10 MultiGBASE-T AN control 1 register (Register 7.32)
The MASTER-SLAVE role affects the clock configuration:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
When the PHY is configured as MASTER, the PMA Transmit function shall
source TX_TCLK from a local clock source. When configured as SLAVE, the
PMA Transmit function shall source TX_TCLK from the clock recovered from
data stream provided by MASTER.
iMX6Q KSZ9031 XXX
------\ /-----------\ /------------\
| | | | |
MAC |<----RGMII----->| PHY Slave |<------>| PHY Master |
|<--- 125 MHz ---+-<------/ | | \ |
------/ \-----------/ \------------/
^
\-TX_TCLK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Since some clock or link related issues are only reproducible in a
specific MASTER-SLAVE-role, MAC and PHY configuration, it is beneficial
to provide generic (not 100BASE-T1 specific) interface to the user space
for configuration flexibility and trouble shooting.
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <o.rempel@pengutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When ndo_get_phys_port_name() for the CPU port was added we introduced
an early check for when the DSA master network device in
dsa_master_ndo_setup() already implements ndo_get_phys_port_name(). When
we perform the teardown operation in dsa_master_ndo_teardown() we would
not be checking that cpu_dp->orig_ndo_ops was successfully allocated and
non-NULL initialized.
With network device drivers such as virtio_net, this leads to a NPD as
soon as the DSA switch hanging off of it gets torn down because we are
now assigning the virtio_net device's netdev_ops a NULL pointer.
Fixes: da7b9e9b00 ("net: dsa: Add ndo_get_phys_port_name() for CPU port")
Reported-by: Allen Pais <allen.pais@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Allen Pais <allen.pais@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This was caused by a poor merge conflict resolution on my side. The
"act = &cls->rule->action.entries[0];" assignment was already present in
the code prior to the patch mentioned below.
Fixes: e13c207528 ("net: dsa: refactor matchall mirred action to separate function")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As hinted in prior change ("tcp: refine tcp_pacing_delay()
for very low pacing rates"), it is probably best arming
the xmit timer only when all the packets have been scheduled,
rather than when the head of rtx queue has been re-sent.
This does matter for flows having extremely low pacing rates,
since their tp->tcp_wstamp_ns could be far in the future.
Note that the regular xmit path has a stronger limit
in tcp_small_queue_check(), meaning it is less likely to
go beyond the pacing horizon.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the addition of horizon feature to sch_fq, we noticed some
suboptimal behavior of extremely low pacing rate TCP flows, especially
when TCP is not aware of a drop happening in lower stacks.
Back in commit 3f80e08f40 ("tcp: add tcp_reset_xmit_timer() helper"),
tcp_pacing_delay() was added to estimate an extra delay to add to standard
rto timers.
This patch removes the skb argument from this helper and
tcp_reset_xmit_timer() because it makes more sense to simply
consider the time at which next packet is allowed to be sent,
instead of the time of whatever packet has been sent.
This avoids arming RTO timer too soon and removes
spurious horizon drops.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Segment Routing Header (SRH) which defines the SRv6 dataplane is defined
in RFC8754.
RFC8754 (section 4.1) defines the SR source node behavior which encapsulates
packets into an outer IPv6 header and SRH. The SR source node encodes the
full list of Segments that defines the packet path in the SRH. Then, the
first segment from list of Segments is copied into the Destination address
of the outer IPv6 header and the packet is sent to the first hop in its path
towards the destination.
If the Segment list has only one segment, the SR source node can omit the SRH
as he only segment is added in the destination address.
RFC8754 (section 4.1.1) defines the Reduced SRH, when a source does not
require the entire SID list to be preserved in the SRH. A reduced SRH does
not contain the first segment of the related SR Policy (the first segment is
the one already in the DA of the IPv6 header), and the Last Entry field is
set to n-2, where n is the number of elements in the SR Policy.
RFC8754 (section 4.3.1.1) defines the SRH processing and the logic to
validate the SRH (S09, S10, S11) which works for both reduced and
non-reduced behaviors.
This patch updates seg6_validate_srh() to validate the SRH as per RFC8754.
Signed-off-by: Ahmed Abdelsalam <ahabdels@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement the upcoming rev of RFC4941 (IPv6 temporary addresses):
https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-6man-rfc4941bis-09
* Reduces the default Valid Lifetime to 2 days
The number of extra addresses employed when Valid Lifetime was
7 days exacerbated the stress caused on network
elements/devices. Additionally, the motivation for temporary
addresses is indeed privacy and reduced exposure. With a
default Valid Lifetime of 7 days, an address that becomes
revealed by active communication is reachable and exposed for
one whole week. The only use case for a Valid Lifetime of 7
days could be some application that is expecting to have long
lived connections. But if you want to have a long lived
connections, you shouldn't be using a temporary address in the
first place. Additionally, in the era of mobile devices, general
applications should nevertheless be prepared and robust to
address changes (e.g. nodes swap wifi <-> 4G, etc.)
* Employs different IIDs for different prefixes
To avoid network activity correlation among addresses configured
for different prefixes
* Uses a simpler algorithm for IID generation
No need to store "history" anywhere
Signed-off-by: Fernando Gont <fgont@si6networks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix following sparse checker warning:-
net/hsr/hsr_slave.c:38:18: warning: incorrect type in assignment (different base types)
net/hsr/hsr_slave.c:38:18: expected unsigned short [unsigned] [usertype] protocol
net/hsr/hsr_slave.c:38:18: got restricted __be16 [usertype] h_proto
net/hsr/hsr_slave.c:39:25: warning: restricted __be16 degrades to integer
net/hsr/hsr_slave.c:39:57: warning: restricted __be16 degrades to integer
Signed-off-by: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Acked-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix the following coccicheck warning:
net/bridge/br_private.h:1334:8-9: WARNING: return of 0/1 in function
'br_mrp_enabled' with return type bool
Fixes: 6536993371 ("bridge: mrp: Integrate MRP into the bridge")
Signed-off-by: Jason Yan <yanaijie@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 49b28684fd ("nfsd: Remove deprecated nfsctl system call and related code.")
left behind this, remove it.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
When a client is added it isn't allowed to fail, but all the client's have
various failure paths within their add routines.
This creates the very fringe condition where the client was added, failed
during add and didn't set the client_data. The core code will then still
call other client_data centric ops like remove(), rename(), get_nl_info(),
and get_net_dev_by_params() with NULL client_data - which is confusing and
unexpected.
If the add() callback fails, then do not call any more client ops for the
device, even remove.
Remove all the now redundant checks for NULL client_data in ops callbacks.
Update all the add() callbacks to return error codes
appropriately. EOPNOTSUPP is used for cases where the ULP does not support
the ib_device - eg because it only works with IB.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200421172440.387069-1-leon@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
There are only two implementaions, one for ipv4 and one for ipv6.
Both are almost identical, they clear skb->cb[], set the TRANSFORMED flag
in IP(6)CB and then call the common xfrm_output() function.
By placing the IPCB handling into the common function, we avoid the need
for the output_finish indirection as the output functions can simply
use xfrm_output().
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Move this to xfrm_output.c. This avoids the state->extract_output
indirection.
This patch also removes the duplicated __xfrm6_extract_header helper
added in an earlier patch, we can now use the one from xfrm_inout.h .
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
so next patch can re-use it from net/xfrm/xfrm_output.c without
causing a linker error when IPV6 is a module.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
We cannot call this function from the core kernel unless we would force
CONFIG_IPV6=y.
Therefore expose this via ipv6_stubs so we can call it from net/xfrm
in the followup patch.
Since the call is expected to be unlikely, no extra code for the IPV6=y
case is added and we will always eat the indirection cost.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
The function only initializes the XFRM CB in the skb.
After previous patch xfrm4_extract_header is only called from
net/xfrm/xfrm_{input,output}.c.
Because of IPV6=m linker errors the ipv6 equivalent
(xfrm6_extract_header) was already placed in xfrm_inout.h because
we can't call functions residing in a module from the core.
So do the same for the ipv4 helper and place it next to the ipv6 one.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
In order to keep CONFIG_IPV6=m working, xfrm6_extract_header needs to be
duplicated. It will be removed again in a followup change when the
remaining caller is moved to net/xfrm as well.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
We can use a direct call for ipv4, so move the needed functions
to net/xfrm/xfrm_output.c and call them directly.
For ipv6 the indirection can be avoided as well but it will need
a bit more work -- to ease review it will be done in another patch.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
In bpf_tcp_ingress we used apply_bytes to subtract bytes from sg.size
which is used to track total bytes in a message. But this is not
correct because apply_bytes is itself modified in the main loop doing
the mem_charge.
Then at the end of this we have sg.size incorrectly set and out of
sync with actual sk values. Then we can get a splat if we try to
cork the data later and again try to redirect the msg to ingress. To
fix instead of trying to track msg.size do the easy thing and include
it as part of the sk_msg_xfer logic so that when the msg is moved the
sg.size is always correct.
To reproduce the below users will need ingress + cork and hit an
error path that will then try to 'free' the skmsg.
[ 173.699981] BUG: KASAN: null-ptr-deref in sk_msg_free_elem+0xdd/0x120
[ 173.699987] Read of size 8 at addr 0000000000000008 by task test_sockmap/5317
[ 173.700000] CPU: 2 PID: 5317 Comm: test_sockmap Tainted: G I 5.7.0-rc1+ #43
[ 173.700005] Hardware name: Dell Inc. Precision 5820 Tower/002KVM, BIOS 1.9.2 01/24/2019
[ 173.700009] Call Trace:
[ 173.700021] dump_stack+0x8e/0xcb
[ 173.700029] ? sk_msg_free_elem+0xdd/0x120
[ 173.700034] ? sk_msg_free_elem+0xdd/0x120
[ 173.700042] __kasan_report+0x102/0x15f
[ 173.700052] ? sk_msg_free_elem+0xdd/0x120
[ 173.700060] kasan_report+0x32/0x50
[ 173.700070] sk_msg_free_elem+0xdd/0x120
[ 173.700080] __sk_msg_free+0x87/0x150
[ 173.700094] tcp_bpf_send_verdict+0x179/0x4f0
[ 173.700109] tcp_bpf_sendpage+0x3ce/0x5d0
Fixes: 604326b41a ("bpf, sockmap: convert to generic sk_msg interface")
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Sitnicki <jakub@cloudflare.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/158861290407.14306.5327773422227552482.stgit@john-Precision-5820-Tower
When sk_msg_pop() is called where the pop operation is working on
the end of a sge element and there is no additional trailing data
and there _is_ data in front of pop, like the following case,
|____________a_____________|__pop__|
We have out of order operations where we incorrectly set the pop
variable so that instead of zero'ing pop we incorrectly leave it
untouched, effectively. This can cause later logic to shift the
buffers around believing it should pop extra space. The result is
we have 'popped' more data then we expected potentially breaking
program logic.
It took us a while to hit this case because typically we pop headers
which seem to rarely be at the end of a scatterlist elements but
we can't rely on this.
Fixes: 7246d8ed4d ("bpf: helper to pop data from messages")
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Sitnicki <jakub@cloudflare.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/158861288359.14306.7654891716919968144.stgit@john-Precision-5820-Tower
When a new neighbor entry has been added, event is generated but it does not
include protocol, because its value is assigned after the event notification
routine has run, so move protocol assignment code earlier.
Fixes: df9b0e30d4 ("neighbor: Add protocol attribute")
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Roman Mashak <mrv@mojatatu.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Type I ERSPAN frame format is based on the barebones
IP + GRE(4-byte) encapsulation on top of the raw mirrored frame.
Both type I and II use 0x88BE as protocol type. Unlike type II
and III, no sequence number or key is required.
To creat a type I erspan tunnel device:
$ ip link add dev erspan11 type erspan \
local 172.16.1.100 remote 172.16.1.200 \
erspan_ver 0
Signed-off-by: William Tu <u9012063@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit bac6de7b63 ("net/smc: eliminate cursor read and write calls")
left behind this.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Print to system log when SMC links are available or go down, link group
state changes or pnetids are applied to and removed from devices.
The log entries are triggered by either user configuration actions or
adapter activation/deactivation events and are not expected to happen
often. The entries help SMC users to keep track of the SMC link group
status and to detect when actions are needed (like to add replacements
for failed adapters).
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's no callers in-tree anymore since commit 5952fde10c ("net:
sched: choke: remove dead filter classify code")
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the unnecessary member of address in struct xdp_umem as it is
only used during the umem registration. No need to carry this around
as it is not used during run-time nor when unregistering the umem.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Karlsson <magnus.karlsson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/1588599232-24897-3-git-send-email-magnus.karlsson@intel.com
Change two variables names so that it is clearer what they
represent. The first one is xsk_list that in fact only contains the
list of AF_XDP sockets with a Tx component. Change this to xsk_tx_list
for improved clarity. The second variable is size in the ring
structure. One might think that this is the size of the ring, but it
is in fact the size of the umem, copied into the ring structure to
improve performance. Rename this variable umem_size to avoid any
confusion.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Karlsson <magnus.karlsson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/1588599232-24897-2-git-send-email-magnus.karlsson@intel.com
This patch reverts the folowing commits:
commit 064ff66e2b
"bonding: add missing netdev_update_lockdep_key()"
commit 53d374979e
"net: avoid updating qdisc_xmit_lock_key in netdev_update_lockdep_key()"
commit 1f26c0d3d2
"net: fix kernel-doc warning in <linux/netdevice.h>"
commit ab92d68fc2
"net: core: add generic lockdep keys"
but keeps the addr_list_lock_key because we still lock
addr_list_lock nestedly on stack devices, unlikely xmit_lock
this is safe because we don't take addr_list_lock on any fast
path.
Reported-and-tested-by: syzbot+aaa6fa4949cc5d9b7b25@syzkaller.appspotmail.com
Cc: Dmitry Vyukov <dvyukov@google.com>
Cc: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Gengming reported a UAF in lec_arp_clear_vccs(),
where we add a vcc socket to an entry in a per-device
list but free the socket without removing it from the
list when vcc->dev is NULL.
We need to call lec_vcc_close() to search and remove
those entries contain the vcc being destroyed. This can
be done by calling vcc->push(vcc, NULL) unconditionally
in vcc_destroy_socket().
Another issue discovered by Gengming's reproducer is
the vcc->dev may point to the static device lecatm_dev,
for which we don't need to register/unregister device,
so we can just check for vcc->dev->ops->owner.
Reported-by: Gengming Liu <l.dmxcsnsbh@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently users have to choose a free snapshot id before
calling DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW. This is potentially racy
and inconvenient.
Make the DEVLINK_ATTR_REGION_SNAPSHOT_ID optional and try
to allocate id automatically. Send a message back to the
caller with the snapshot info.
Example use:
$ devlink region new netdevsim/netdevsim1/dummy
netdevsim/netdevsim1/dummy: snapshot 1
$ id=$(devlink -j region new netdevsim/netdevsim1/dummy | \
jq '.[][][][]')
$ devlink region dump netdevsim/netdevsim1/dummy snapshot $id
[...]
$ devlink region del netdevsim/netdevsim1/dummy snapshot $id
v4:
- inline the notification code
v3:
- send the notification only once snapshot creation completed.
v2:
- don't wrap the line containing extack;
- add a few sentences to the docs.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We'll need to send snapshot info back on the socket
which requested a snapshot to be created. Factor out
constructing a snapshot description from the broadcast
notification code.
v3: new patch
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
QUIC servers would like to use SO_TXTIME, without having CAP_NET_ADMIN,
to efficiently pace UDP packets.
As far as sch_fq is concerned, we need to add safety checks, so
that a buggy application does not fill the qdisc with packets
having delivery time far in the future.
This patch adds a configurable horizon (default: 10 seconds),
and a configurable policy when a packet is beyond the horizon
at enqueue() time:
- either drop the packet (default policy)
- or cap its delivery time to the horizon.
$ tc -s -d qd sh dev eth0
qdisc fq 8022: root refcnt 257 limit 10000p flow_limit 100p buckets 1024
orphan_mask 1023 quantum 10Kb initial_quantum 51160b low_rate_threshold 550Kbit
refill_delay 40.0ms timer_slack 10.000us horizon 10.000s
Sent 1234215879 bytes 837099 pkt (dropped 21, overlimits 0 requeues 6)
backlog 0b 0p requeues 6
flows 1191 (inactive 1177 throttled 0)
gc 0 highprio 0 throttled 692 latency 11.480us
pkts_too_long 0 alloc_errors 0 horizon_drops 21 horizon_caps 0
v2: fixed an overflow on 32bit kernels in fq_init(), reported
by kbuild test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we tell kernel to dump filters from root (ffff:ffff),
those filters on ingress (ffff:0000) are matched, but their
true parents must be dumped as they are. However, kernel
dumps just whatever we tell it, that is either ffff:ffff
or ffff:0000:
$ nl-cls-list --dev=dummy0 --parent=root
cls basic dev dummy0 id none parent root prio 49152 protocol ip match-all
cls basic dev dummy0 id :1 parent root prio 49152 protocol ip match-all
$ nl-cls-list --dev=dummy0 --parent=ffff:
cls basic dev dummy0 id none parent ffff: prio 49152 protocol ip match-all
cls basic dev dummy0 id :1 parent ffff: prio 49152 protocol ip match-all
This is confusing and misleading, more importantly this is
a regression since 4.15, so the old behavior must be restored.
And, when tc filters are installed on a tc class, the parent
should be the classid, rather than the qdisc handle. Commit
edf6711c98 ("net: sched: remove classid and q fields from tcf_proto")
removed the classid we save for filters, we can just restore
this classid in tcf_block.
Steps to reproduce this:
ip li set dev dummy0 up
tc qd add dev dummy0 ingress
tc filter add dev dummy0 parent ffff: protocol arp basic action pass
tc filter show dev dummy0 root
Before this patch:
filter protocol arp pref 49152 basic
filter protocol arp pref 49152 basic handle 0x1
action order 1: gact action pass
random type none pass val 0
index 1 ref 1 bind 1
After this patch:
filter parent ffff: protocol arp pref 49152 basic
filter parent ffff: protocol arp pref 49152 basic handle 0x1
action order 1: gact action pass
random type none pass val 0
index 1 ref 1 bind 1
Fixes: a10fa20101 ("net: sched: propagate q and parent from caller down to tcf_fill_node")
Fixes: edf6711c98 ("net: sched: remove classid and q fields from tcf_proto")
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently if the default qdisc setup/init fails, the device ends up with
qdisc "noop", which causes all TX packets to get dropped.
With the introduction of sysctl net/core/default_qdisc it is possible
to change the default qdisc to be more advanced, which opens for the
possibility that Qdisc_ops->init() can fail.
This patch detect these kind of failures, and choose to fallback to
qdisc "noqueue", which is so simple that its init call will not fail.
This allows the interface to continue functioning.
V2:
As this also captures memory failures, which are transient, the
device is not kept in IFF_NO_QUEUE state. This allows the net_device
to retry to default qdisc assignment.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During SMC-R link establishment the peers exchange the link_uid that
is used for debugging purposes. Save the peer link_uid in smc_link so it
can be retrieved by the smc_diag netlink interface.
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The link_uid of an SMC-R link is exchanged between SMC peers and its
value can be used for debugging purposes. Create a unique link_uid
during link initialization and use it in communication with SMC-R peers.
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add helper smcr_lgr_link_deactivate_all() and eliminate duplicate code.
In smc_lgr_free(), clear the smc-r links before smc_lgr_free_bufs() is
called so buffers are already prepared for free. The usage of the soft
parameter in __smc_lgr_terminate() is no longer needed, smc_lgr_free()
can be called directly. smc_lgr_terminate_sched() and
smc_smcd_terminate() set lgr->freeing to indicate that the link group
will be freed soon to avoid unnecessary schedules of the free worker.
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow to set the reason code for the link group termination, and set
meaningful values before termination processing is triggered. This
reason code is sent to the peer in the final delete link message.
When the LLC request or response layer receives a message type that was
not handled, drop a warning and terminate the link group.
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
New connections must not be assigned to asymmetric links. Add asymmetric
link tagging using new link variable link_is_asym. The new helpers
smcr_lgr_set_type() and smcr_lgr_set_type_asym() are called to set the
state of the link group, and tag all links accordingly.
smcr_lgr_conn_assign_link() respects the link tagging and will not
assign new connections to links tagged as asymmetric link.
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For new connections, assign a link from the link group, using some
simple load balancing.
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add smc_llc_send_message_wait() which uses smc_wr_tx_send_wait() to send
an LLC message and waits for the message send to complete.
smc_llc_send_link_delete_all() calls the new function to send an
DELETE_LINK,ALL LLC message. The RFC states that the sender of this type
of message needs to wait for the completion event of the message
transmission and can terminate the link afterwards.
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce smc_wr_tx_send_wait() to send an IB message and wait for the
tx completion event of the message. This makes sure that the message is
no longer in-flight when the function returns.
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Call smc_cdc_msg_validate() when a CDC message with the failover
validation bit enabled was received. Validate that the sequence number
sent with the message is one we already have received. If not, messages
were lost and the connection is terminated using a new abort_work.
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a connection is switched to a new link then a link validation
message must be sent to the peer over the new link, containing the
sequence number of the last CDC message that was sent over the old link.
The peer will validate if this sequence number is the same or lower then
the number he received, and abort the connection if messages were lost.
Add smcr_cdc_msg_send_validation() to send the message validation
message and call it when a connection was switched in
smc_switch_cursor().
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add smc_switch_conns() to switch all connections from a link that is
going down. Find an other link to switch the connections to, and
switch each connection to the new link. smc_switch_cursor() updates the
cursors of a connection to the state of the last successfully sent CDC
message. When there is no link to switch to, terminate the link group.
Call smc_switch_conns() when a link is going down.
And with the possibility that links of connections can switch adapt CDC
and TX functions to detect and handle link switches.
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a link goes down and all connections of this link need to be
switched to an other link then the producer cursor and the sequence of
the last successfully sent CDC message must be known. Add the two fields
to the SMC connection and update it in the tx completion handler.
And to allow matching of sequences in error cases reset the seqno to the
old value in smc_cdc_msg_send() when the actual send failed.
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Devlink health core conditions the reporter's recovery with the
expiration of the grace period. This is not relevant for the first
recovery. Explicitly demand that the grace period will only apply to
recoveries other than the first.
Fixes: c8e1da0bf9 ("devlink: Add health report functionality")
Signed-off-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When an application connects to the TIPC topology server and subscribes
to some services, a new connection is created along with some objects -
'tipc_subscription' to store related data correspondingly...
However, there is one omission in the connection handling that when the
connection or application is orderly shutdown (e.g. via SIGQUIT, etc.),
the connection is not closed in kernel, the 'tipc_subscription' objects
are not freed too.
This results in:
- The maximum number of subscriptions (65535) will be reached soon, new
subscriptions will be rejected;
- TIPC module cannot be removed (unless the objects are somehow forced
to release first);
The commit fixes the issue by closing the connection if the 'recvmsg()'
returns '0' i.e. when the peer is shutdown gracefully. It also includes
the other unexpected cases.
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jmaloy@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Tuong Lien <tuong.t.lien@dektech.com.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prior to 1d27732f41 ("net: dsa: setup and teardown ports"), we would
not treat failures to set-up an user port as fatal, but after this
commit we would, which is a regression for some systems where interfaces
may be declared in the Device Tree, but the underlying hardware may not
be present (pluggable daughter cards for instance).
Fixes: 1d27732f41 ("net: dsa: setup and teardown ports")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As SMC server, when a second link was deleted, trigger the setup of an
asymmetric link. Do this by enqueueing a local ADD_LINK message which
is processed by the LLC layer as if it were received from peer. Do the
same when a new IB port became active and a new link could be created.
smc_llc_srv_add_link_local() enqueues a local ADD_LINK message.
And smc_llc_srv_delete_link_local() is used the same way to enqueue a
local DELETE_LINK message. This is used when an IB port is no longer
active.
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add smc_llc_process_srv_delete_link() to process a DELETE_LINK request
as SMC server. When the request is to delete ALL links then terminate
the whole link group. If not, find the link to delete by its link_id,
send the DELETE_LINK request LLC message and wait for the response.
No matter if a response was received, clear the deleted link and update
the link group state.
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add smc_llc_process_cli_delete_link() to process a DELETE_LINK request
as SMC client. When the request is to delete ALL links then terminate
the whole link group. If not, find the link to delete by its link_id,
send the DELETE_LINK response LLC message and then clear the deleted
link. Finally determine and update the link group state.
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce a work that is scheduled when a new DELETE_LINK LLC request is
received. The work will call either the SMC client or SMC server
DELETE_LINK processing.
And use the LLC flow framework to process incoming DELETE_LINK LLC
messages, scheduling the llc_del_link_work for those events.
With these changes smc_lgr_forget() is only called by one function and
can be migrated into smc_lgr_cleanup_early().
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a link group moved from asymmetric to symmetric state then the
dangling asymmetric link can be deleted. Add smc_llc_find_asym_link() to
find the respective link and add smc_llc_delete_asym_link() to delete
it.
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch finalizes the ADD_LINK processing of new links. Send the
CONFIRM_LINK request to the peer, receive the response and set link
state to ACTIVE.
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Part of SMC server new link establishment is the exchange of rkeys for
used buffers.
Loop over all used RMB buffers and send ADD_LINK_CONTINUE LLC messages
to the peer.
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
First set of functions to process an ADD_LINK LLC request as an SMC
server. Find an alternate IB device, determine the new link group type
and get the index for the new link. Then initialize the link and send
the ADD_LINK LLC message to the peer. Save the contents of the response,
ready the link, map all used buffers and register the buffers with the
IB device. If any error occurs, stop the processing and clear the link.
And call smc_llc_srv_add_link() in af_smc.c to start second link
establishment after the initial link of a link group was created.
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch finalizes the ADD_LINK processing of new links. Receive the
CONFIRM_LINK request from peer, complete the link initialization,
register all used buffers with the IB device and finally send the
CONFIRM_LINK response, which completes the ADD_LINK processing.
And activate smc_llc_cli_add_link() in af_smc.c.
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Part of the SMC client new link establishment process is the exchange of
rkeys for all used buffers.
Add new LLC message type ADD_LINK_CONTINUE which is used to exchange
rkeys of all current RMB buffers. Add functions to iterate over all
used RMB buffers of the link group, and implement the ADD_LINK_CONTINUE
processing.
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
First set of functions to process an ADD_LINK LLC request as an SMC
client. Find an alternate IB device, determine the new link group type
and get the index for the new link. Then ready the link, map the buffers
and send an ADD_LINK LLC response. If any error occurs, send a reject
LLC message and terminate the processing.
Add smc_llc_alloc_alt_link() to find a free link index for a new link,
depending on the new link group type.
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do not assume the attribute has the right size.
Fixes: aea5f654e6 ("net/sched: add skbprio scheduler")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: syzbot <syzkaller@googlegroups.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The prefetch() done in fq_dequeue() can be done a bit earlier
after the refactoring of the code done in the prior patch.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This refactors the code to not call fq_peek() from fq_dequeue_head()
since the caller can provide the skb.
Also rename fq_dequeue_head() to fq_dequeue_skb() because 'head' is
a bit vague, given the skb could come from t_root rb-tree.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fq_gc() already builds a small array of pointers, so using
kmem_cache_free_bulk() needs very little change.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sizeof(struct fq_flow) is 112 bytes on 64bit arches.
This means that half of them use two cache lines, but 50% use
three cache lines.
This patch adds cache line alignment, and makes sure that only
the first cache line is touched by fq_enqueue(), which is more
expensive that fq_dequeue() in general.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A significant amount of cpu cycles is spent in fq_gc()
When fq_gc() does its lookup in the rb-tree, it needs the
following fields from struct fq_flow :
f->sk (lookup key in the rb-tree)
f->fq_node (anchor in the rb-tree)
f->next (used to determine if the flow is detached)
f->age (used to determine if the flow is candidate for gc)
This unfortunately spans two cache lines (assuming 64 bytes cache lines)
We can avoid using f->next, if we use the low order bit of f->{age|tail}
This low order bit is 0, if f->tail points to an sk_buff.
We set the low order bit to 1, if the union contains a jiffies value.
Combined with the following patch, this makes sure we only need
to bring into cpu caches one cache line per flow.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net/smc/smc_llc.c:544:12: warning: ‘smc_llc_alloc_alt_link’ defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
static int smc_llc_alloc_alt_link(struct smc_link_group *lgr,
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
From the mlx5-next branch at
git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mellanox/linux
Required for dependencies in following patches
* mellanox/mlx5-next:
net/mlx5: Add support to get lag physical port
net/mlx5: Change lag mutex lock to spin lock
bonding: Implement ndo_get_xmit_slave
bonding: Add array of all slaves
bonding: Add function to get the xmit slave in active-backup mode
bonding: Add helper function to get the xmit slave in rr mode
bonding: Add helper function to get the xmit slave based on hash
bonding/alb: Add helper functions to get the xmit slave
bonding: Rename slave_arr to usable_slaves
bonding: Export skip slave logic to function
net/core: Introduce netdev_get_xmit_slave
Highlights include:
Stable fixes
- fix handling of backchannel binding in BIND_CONN_TO_SESSION
Bugfixes
- Fix a credential use-after-free issue in pnfs_roc()
- Fix potential posix_acl refcnt leak in nfs3_set_acl
- defer slow parts of rpc_free_client() to a workqueue
- Fix an Oopsable race in __nfs_list_for_each_server()
- Fix trace point use-after-free race
- Regression: the RDMA client no longer responds to server disconnect requests
- Fix return values of xdr_stream_encode_item_{present, absent}
- _pnfs_return_layout() must always wait for layoutreturn completion
Cleanups
- Remove unreachable error conditions
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=w0zk
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'nfs-for-5.7-4' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/trondmy/linux-nfs
Pull NFS client bugfixes from Trond Myklebust:
"Highlights include:
Stable fixes:
- fix handling of backchannel binding in BIND_CONN_TO_SESSION
Bugfixes:
- Fix a credential use-after-free issue in pnfs_roc()
- Fix potential posix_acl refcnt leak in nfs3_set_acl
- defer slow parts of rpc_free_client() to a workqueue
- Fix an Oopsable race in __nfs_list_for_each_server()
- Fix trace point use-after-free race
- Regression: the RDMA client no longer responds to server disconnect
requests
- Fix return values of xdr_stream_encode_item_{present, absent}
- _pnfs_return_layout() must always wait for layoutreturn completion
Cleanups:
- Remove unreachable error conditions"
* tag 'nfs-for-5.7-4' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/trondmy/linux-nfs:
NFS: Fix a race in __nfs_list_for_each_server()
NFSv4.1: fix handling of backchannel binding in BIND_CONN_TO_SESSION
SUNRPC: defer slow parts of rpc_free_client() to a workqueue.
NFSv4: Remove unreachable error condition due to rpc_run_task()
SUNRPC: Remove unreachable error condition
xprtrdma: Fix use of xdr_stream_encode_item_{present, absent}
xprtrdma: Fix trace point use-after-free race
xprtrdma: Restore wake-up-all to rpcrdma_cm_event_handler()
nfs: Fix potential posix_acl refcnt leak in nfs3_set_acl
NFS/pnfs: Fix a credential use-after-free issue in pnfs_roc()
NFS/pnfs: Ensure that _pnfs_return_layout() waits for layoutreturn completion
Alexei Starovoitov says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2020-05-01 (v2)
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
We've added 61 non-merge commits during the last 6 day(s) which contain
a total of 153 files changed, 6739 insertions(+), 3367 deletions(-).
The main changes are:
1) pulled work.sysctl from vfs tree with sysctl bpf changes.
2) bpf_link observability, from Andrii.
3) BTF-defined map in map, from Andrii.
4) asan fixes for selftests, from Andrii.
5) Allow bpf_map_lookup_elem for SOCKMAP and SOCKHASH, from Jakub.
6) production cloudflare classifier as a selftes, from Lorenz.
7) bpf_ktime_get_*_ns() helper improvements, from Maciej.
8) unprivileged bpftool feature probe, from Quentin.
9) BPF_ENABLE_STATS command, from Song.
10) enable bpf_[gs]etsockopt() helpers for sock_ops progs, from Stanislav.
11) enable a bunch of common helpers for cg-device, sysctl, sockopt progs,
from Stanislav.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce a work that is scheduled when a new ADD_LINK LLC request is
received. The work will call either the SMC client or SMC server
ADD_LINK processing.
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add smc_llc_alloc_alt_link() to find a free link index for a new link,
depending on the new link group type. And update constants for the
maximum number of links to 3 (2 symmetric and 1 dangling asymmetric link).
These maximum numbers are the same as used by other implementations of the
SMC-R protocol.
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce a new function in smc_pnet.c that searches for an alternate
IB device, using an existing link group and a primary IB device. The
alternate IB device needs to be active and must have the same PNETID
as the link group.
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Support for multiple links makes the former DELETE LINK processing
obsolete which sent one DELETE_LINK LLC message for each single link.
Remove this processing from smc_core.c.
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the introduced link down processing in all places where the link
group is terminated and take down the affected link only.
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Call smcr_port_err() when an IB event reports an inactive IB device.
smcr_port_err() calls smcr_link_down() for all affected links.
smcr_link_down() either triggers the local DELETE_LINK processing, or
sends an DELETE_LINK LLC message to the SMC server to initiate the
processing.
The old handler function smc_port_terminate() is removed.
Add helper smcr_link_down_cond() to take a link down conditionally, and
smcr_link_down_cond_sched() to schedule the link_down processing to a
work.
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Call smcr_port_add() when an IB event reports a new active IB device.
smcr_port_add() will start a work which either triggers the local
ADD_LINK processing, or send an ADD_LINK LLC message to the SMC server
to initiate the processing.
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The PNETID is needed to find an alternate link for a link group.
Save the PNETID of the link that is used to create the link group for
later device matching.
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce llc_conf_mutex in the link group which is used to protect the
buffers and lgr states against parallel link reconfiguration.
This ensures that new connections do not start to register buffers with
the links of a link group when link creation or termination is running.
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All LLC sends are done from worker context only, so remove the prep
functions which were used to build the message before it was sent, and
add the function content into the respective send function
smc_llc_send_add_link() and smc_llc_send_delete_link().
Extend smc_llc_send_add_link() to include the qp_mtu value in the LLC
message, which is needed to establish a link after the initial link was
created. Extend smc_llc_send_delete_link() to contain a link_id and a
reason code for the link deletion in the LLC message, which is needed
when a specific link should be deleted.
And add the list of existing DELETE_LINK reason codes.
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce support to map and register all current buffers for a new
link. smcr_buf_map_lgr() will map used buffers for a new link and
smcr_buf_reg_lgr() can be called to register used buffers on the
IB device of the new link.
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the support of multiple links that are created and cleared there
is a need to unmap one link from all current buffers. Add unmapping by
link and by rmb. And make smcr_link_clear() available to be called from
the LLC layer.
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The CONFIRM_RKEY LLC processing handles all links in one LLC message.
Move the call to this processing out of smcr_link_reg_rmb() which does
processing per link, into smcr_lgr_reg_rmbs() which is responsible for
link group level processing. Move smcr_link_reg_rmb() into module
smc_core.c.
>From af_smc.c now call smcr_lgr_reg_rmbs() to register new rmbs on all
available links.
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the gate action to the flow action entry. Add the gate parameters to
the tc_setup_flow_action() queueing to the entries of flow_action_entry
array provide to the driver.
Signed-off-by: Po Liu <Po.Liu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce a ingress frame gate control flow action.
Tc gate action does the work like this:
Assume there is a gate allow specified ingress frames can be passed at
specific time slot, and be dropped at specific time slot. Tc filter
chooses the ingress frames, and tc gate action would specify what slot
does these frames can be passed to device and what time slot would be
dropped.
Tc gate action would provide an entry list to tell how much time gate
keep open and how much time gate keep state close. Gate action also
assign a start time to tell when the entry list start. Then driver would
repeat the gate entry list cyclically.
For the software simulation, gate action requires the user assign a time
clock type.
Below is the setting example in user space. Tc filter a stream source ip
address is 192.168.0.20 and gate action own two time slots. One is last
200ms gate open let frame pass another is last 100ms gate close let
frames dropped. When the ingress frames have reach total frames over
8000000 bytes, the excessive frames will be dropped in that 200000000ns
time slot.
> tc qdisc add dev eth0 ingress
> tc filter add dev eth0 parent ffff: protocol ip \
flower src_ip 192.168.0.20 \
action gate index 2 clockid CLOCK_TAI \
sched-entry open 200000000 -1 8000000 \
sched-entry close 100000000 -1 -1
> tc chain del dev eth0 ingress chain 0
"sched-entry" follow the name taprio style. Gate state is
"open"/"close". Follow with period nanosecond. Then next item is internal
priority value means which ingress queue should put. "-1" means
wildcard. The last value optional specifies the maximum number of
MSDU octets that are permitted to pass the gate during the specified
time interval.
Base-time is not set will be 0 as default, as result start time would
be ((N + 1) * cycletime) which is the minimal of future time.
Below example shows filtering a stream with destination mac address is
10:00:80:00:00:00 and ip type is ICMP, follow the action gate. The gate
action would run with one close time slot which means always keep close.
The time cycle is total 200000000ns. The base-time would calculate by:
1357000000000 + (N + 1) * cycletime
When the total value is the future time, it will be the start time.
The cycletime here would be 200000000ns for this case.
> tc filter add dev eth0 parent ffff: protocol ip \
flower skip_hw ip_proto icmp dst_mac 10:00:80:00:00:00 \
action gate index 12 base-time 1357000000000 \
sched-entry close 200000000 -1 -1 \
clockid CLOCK_TAI
Signed-off-by: Po Liu <Po.Liu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current gcc-10 snapshot produces a false-positive warning:
net/core/drop_monitor.c: In function 'trace_drop_common.constprop':
cc1: error: writing 8 bytes into a region of size 0 [-Werror=stringop-overflow=]
In file included from net/core/drop_monitor.c:23:
include/uapi/linux/net_dropmon.h:36:8: note: at offset 0 to object 'entries' with size 4 declared here
36 | __u32 entries;
| ^~~~~~~
I reported this in the gcc bugzilla, but in case it does not get
fixed in the release, work around it by using a temporary variable.
Fixes: 9a8afc8d39 ("Network Drop Monitor: Adding drop monitor implementation & Netlink protocol")
Link: https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=94881
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit d5b90e99e1 ("devlink: report 0 after hitting end in region read")
fixed region dump, but region read still returns a spurious error:
$ devlink region read netdevsim/netdevsim1/dummy snapshot 0 addr 0 len 128
0000000000000000 a6 f4 c4 1c 21 35 95 a6 9d 34 c3 5b 87 5b 35 79
0000000000000010 f3 a0 d7 ee 4f 2f 82 7f c6 dd c4 f6 a5 c3 1b ae
0000000000000020 a4 fd c8 62 07 59 48 03 70 3b c7 09 86 88 7f 68
0000000000000030 6f 45 5d 6d 7d 0e 16 38 a9 d0 7a 4b 1e 1e 2e a6
0000000000000040 e6 1d ae 06 d6 18 00 85 ca 62 e8 7e 11 7e f6 0f
0000000000000050 79 7e f7 0f f3 94 68 bd e6 40 22 85 b6 be 6f b1
0000000000000060 af db ef 5e 34 f0 98 4b 62 9a e3 1b 8b 93 fc 17
devlink answers: Invalid argument
0000000000000070 61 e8 11 11 66 10 a5 f7 b1 ea 8d 40 60 53 ed 12
This is a minimal fix, I'll follow up with a restructuring
so we don't have two checks for the same condition.
Fixes: fdd41ec21e ("devlink: Return right error code in case of errors for region read")
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In skb_panic() the real pointer values are really needed to diagnose
issues, e.g. data and head are related (to calculate headroom). The
hashed versions of the addresses doesn't make much sense here. The
patch use the printk specifier %px to print the actual address.
The printk documentation on %px:
https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/core-api/printk-formats.html#unmodified-addresses
Fixes: ad67b74d24 ("printk: hash addresses printed with %p")
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the behavior of TCP_LINGER2 about its limit. The
sysctl_tcp_fin_timeout used to be the limit of TCP_LINGER2 but now it's
only the default value. A new macro named TCP_FIN_TIMEOUT_MAX is added
as the limit of TCP_LINGER2, which is 2 minutes.
Since TCP_LINGER2 used sysctl_tcp_fin_timeout as the default value
and the limit in the past, the system administrator cannot set the
default value for most of sockets and let some sockets have a greater
timeout. It might be a mistake that let the sysctl to be the limit of
the TCP_LINGER2. Maybe we can add a new sysctl to set the max of
TCP_LINGER2, but FIN-WAIT-2 timeout is usually no need to be too long
and 2 minutes are legal considering TCP specs.
Changes in v3:
- Remove the new socket option and change the TCP_LINGER2 behavior so
that the timeout can be set to value between sysctl_tcp_fin_timeout
and 2 minutes.
Changes in v2:
- Add int overflow check for the new socket option.
Changes in v1:
- Add a new socket option to set timeout greater than
sysctl_tcp_fin_timeout.
Signed-off-by: Cambda Zhu <cambda@linux.alibaba.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Nik reported a bug with pcpu dst cache when nexthop objects are
used illustrated by the following:
$ ip netns add foo
$ ip -netns foo li set lo up
$ ip -netns foo addr add 2001:db8:11::1/128 dev lo
$ ip netns exec foo sysctl net.ipv6.conf.all.forwarding=1
$ ip li add veth1 type veth peer name veth2
$ ip li set veth1 up
$ ip addr add 2001:db8:10::1/64 dev veth1
$ ip li set dev veth2 netns foo
$ ip -netns foo li set veth2 up
$ ip -netns foo addr add 2001:db8:10::2/64 dev veth2
$ ip -6 nexthop add id 100 via 2001:db8:10::2 dev veth1
$ ip -6 route add 2001:db8:11::1/128 nhid 100
Create a pcpu entry on cpu 0:
$ taskset -a -c 0 ip -6 route get 2001:db8:11::1
Re-add the route entry:
$ ip -6 ro del 2001:db8:11::1
$ ip -6 route add 2001:db8:11::1/128 nhid 100
Route get on cpu 0 returns the stale pcpu:
$ taskset -a -c 0 ip -6 route get 2001:db8:11::1
RTNETLINK answers: Network is unreachable
While cpu 1 works:
$ taskset -a -c 1 ip -6 route get 2001:db8:11::1
2001:db8:11::1 from :: via 2001:db8:10::2 dev veth1 src 2001:db8:10::1 metric 1024 pref medium
Conversion of FIB entries to work with external nexthop objects
missed an important difference between IPv4 and IPv6 - how dst
entries are invalidated when the FIB changes. IPv4 has a per-network
namespace generation id (rt_genid) that is bumped on changes to the FIB.
Checking if a dst_entry is still valid means comparing rt_genid in the
rtable to the current value of rt_genid for the namespace.
IPv6 also has a per network namespace counter, fib6_sernum, but the
count is saved per fib6_node. With the per-node counter only dst_entries
based on fib entries under the node are invalidated when changes are
made to the routes - limiting the scope of invalidations. IPv6 uses a
reference in the rt6_info, 'from', to track the corresponding fib entry
used to create the dst_entry. When validating a dst_entry, the 'from'
is used to backtrack to the fib6_node and check the sernum of it to the
cookie passed to the dst_check operation.
With the inline format (nexthop definition inline with the fib6_info),
dst_entries cached in the fib6_nh have a 1:1 correlation between fib
entries, nexthop data and dst_entries. With external nexthops, IPv6
looks more like IPv4 which means multiple fib entries across disparate
fib6_nodes can all reference the same fib6_nh. That means validation
of dst_entries based on external nexthops needs to use the IPv4 format
- the per-network namespace counter.
Add sernum to rt6_info and set it when creating a pcpu dst entry. Update
rt6_get_cookie to return sernum if it is set and update dst_check for
IPv6 to look for sernum set and based the check on it if so. Finally,
rt6_get_pcpu_route needs to validate the cached entry before returning
a pcpu entry (similar to the rt_cache_valid calls in __mkroute_input and
__mkroute_output for IPv4).
This problem only affects routes using the new, external nexthops.
Thanks to the kbuild test robot for catching the IS_ENABLED needed
around rt_genid_ipv6 before I sent this out.
Fixes: 5b98324ebe ("ipv6: Allow routes to use nexthop objects")
Reported-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Tested-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, bpf_getsockopt and bpf_setsockopt helpers operate on the
'struct bpf_sock_ops' context in BPF_PROG_TYPE_SOCK_OPS program.
Let's generalize them and make them available for 'struct bpf_sock_addr'.
That way, in the future, we can allow those helpers in more places.
As an example, let's expose those 'struct bpf_sock_addr' based helpers to
BPF_CGROUP_INET{4,6}_CONNECT hooks. That way we can override CC before the
connection is made.
v3:
* Expose custom helpers for bpf_sock_addr context instead of doing
generic bpf_sock argument (as suggested by Daniel). Even with
try_socket_lock that doesn't sleep we have a problem where context sk
is already locked and socket lock is non-nestable.
v2:
* s/BPF_PROG_TYPE_CGROUP_SOCKOPT/BPF_PROG_TYPE_SOCK_OPS/
Signed-off-by: Stanislav Fomichev <sdf@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200430233152.199403-1-sdf@google.com
Not much to be done here:
- add SPDX header;
- add a document title;
- add to networking/index.rst.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+huawei@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Not much to be done here:
- add SPDX header;
- adjust title markup;
- remove a tail whitespace;
- add to networking/index.rst.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+huawei@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add new ndo to get the xmit slave of master device. The reference
counters are not incremented so the caller must be careful with locks.
User can ask to get the xmit slave assume all the slaves can
transmit by set all_slaves arg to true.
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter fixes for net:
1) Do not update the UDP checksum when it's zero, from Guillaume Nault.
2) Fix return of local variable in nf_osf, from Arnd Bergmann.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add, and use in generic netlink, helpers to dump out a netlink
policy to userspace, including all the range validation data,
nested policies etc.
This lets userspace discover what the kernel understands.
For families/commands other than generic netlink, the helpers
need to be used directly in an appropriate command, or we can
add some infrastructure (a new netlink family) that those can
register their policies with for introspection. I'm not that
familiar with non-generic netlink, so that's left out for now.
The data exposed to userspace also includes min and max length
for binary/string data, I've done that instead of letting the
userspace tools figure out whether min/max is intended based
on the type so that we can extend this later in the kernel, we
might want to just use the range data for example.
Because of this, I opted to not directly expose the NLA_*
values, even if some of them are already exposed via BPF, as
with min/max length we don't need to have different types here
for NLA_BINARY/NLA_MIN_LEN/NLA_EXACT_LEN, we just make them
all NL_ATTR_TYPE_BINARY with min/max length optionally set.
Similarly, we don't really need NLA_MSECS, and perhaps can
remove it in the future - but not if we encode it into the
userspace API now. It gets mapped to NL_ATTR_TYPE_U64 here.
Note that the exposing here corresponds to the strict policy
interpretation, and NLA_UNSPEC items are omitted entirely.
To get those, change them to NLA_MIN_LEN which behaves in
exactly the same way, but is exposed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use a validation type instead, so we can later expose
the NLA_* values to userspace for policy descriptions.
Some transformations were done with this spatch:
@@
identifier p;
expression X, L, A;
@@
struct nla_policy p[X] = {
[A] =
-{ .type = NLA_EXACT_LEN_WARN, .len = L },
+NLA_POLICY_EXACT_LEN_WARN(L),
...
};
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that we have limited recursive policy validation to avoid
stack overflows, change nl80211 to actually link the nested
policy (linking back to itself eventually), which allows some
code cleanups.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the netlink policy, we currently have a void *validation_data
that's pointing to different things:
* a u32 value for bitfield32,
* the netlink policy for nested/nested array
* the string for NLA_REJECT
Remove the pointer and place appropriate type-safe items in the
union instead.
While at it, completely dissolve the pointer for the bitfield32
case and just put the value there directly.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
User space can request to delete a range of VLANs from a bridge slave in
one netlink request. For each deleted VLAN the FDB needs to be traversed
in order to flush all the affected entries.
If a large range of VLANs is deleted and the number of FDB entries is
large or the FDB lock is contented, it is possible for the kernel to
loop through the deleted VLANs for a long time. In case preemption is
disabled, this can result in a soft lockup.
Fix this by adding a schedule point after each VLAN is deleted to yield
the CPU, if needed. This is safe because the VLANs are traversed in
process context.
Fixes: bdced7ef78 ("bridge: support for multiple vlans and vlan ranges in setlink and dellink requests")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Stefan Priebe - Profihost AG <s.priebe@profihost.ag>
Tested-by: Stefan Priebe - Profihost AG <s.priebe@profihost.ag>
Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When all hsr slave interfaces are removed, hsr interface doesn't work.
At that moment, it's fine to remove an unused hsr interface automatically
for saving resources.
That's a common behavior of virtual interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a sysctl to control hrtimer slack, default of 100 usec.
This gives the opportunity to reduce system overhead,
and help very short RTT flows.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, tcp_sack_new_ofo_skb() sends an ack if prior
acks were 'compressed', if room has to be made in tp->selective_acks[]
But there is no guarantee all four sack ranges can be included
in SACK option. As a matter of fact, when TCP timestamps option
is used, only three SACK ranges can be included.
Lets assume only two ranges can be included, and force the ack:
- When we touch more than 2 ranges in the reordering
done if tcp_sack_extend() could be done.
- If we have at least 2 ranges when adding a new one.
This enforces that before a range is in third or fourth
position, at least one ACK packet included it in first/second
position.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit 86de5921a3 ("tcp: defer SACK compression after DupThresh")
I added a TCP_FASTRETRANS_THRESH bias to tp->compressed_ack in order
to enable sack compression only after 3 dupacks.
Since we plan to relax this rule for flows that involve
stacks not requiring this old rule, this patch adds
a distinct tp->dup_ack_counter.
This means the TCP_FASTRETRANS_THRESH value is now used
in a single location that a future patch can adjust:
if (tp->dup_ack_counter < TCP_FASTRETRANS_THRESH) {
tp->dup_ack_counter++;
goto send_now;
}
This patch also introduces tcp_sack_compress_send_ack()
helper to ease following patch comprehension.
This patch refines LINUX_MIB_TCPACKCOMPRESSED to not
count the acks that we had to send if the timer expires
or tcp_sack_compress_send_ack() is sending an ack.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- add SPDX header;
- adjust title markup;
- mark code blocks and literals as such;
- adjust identation, whitespaces and blank lines where needed;
- add to networking/index.rst.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+huawei@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- add SPDX header;
- adjust title markup;
- use autonumbered list markups;
- mark code blocks and literals as such;
- mark tables as such;
- adjust identation, whitespaces and blank lines where needed;
- add to networking/index.rst.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+huawei@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- add SPDX header;
- adjust title markup;
- mark code blocks and literals as such;
- adjust identation, whitespaces and blank lines where needed;
- add to networking/index.rst.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+huawei@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- add SPDX header;
- adjust title markup;
- use bold markups on a few places;
- mark code blocks and literals as such;
- adjust identation, whitespaces and blank lines where needed;
- add to networking/index.rst.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+huawei@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- add SPDX header;
- adjust title markup;
- mark code blocks and literals as such;
- mark tables as such;
- adjust identation, whitespaces and blank lines;
- add to networking/index.rst.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+huawei@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- add SPDX header;
- adjust title markup;
- mark code blocks and literals as such;
- mark tables as such;
- adjust identation, whitespaces and blank lines;
- add to networking/index.rst.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+huawei@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds ability to filter sockets based on cgroup v2 ID.
Such filter is helpful in ss utility for filtering sockets by
cgroup pathname.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Yakunin <zeil@yandex-team.ru>
Reviewed-by: Konstantin Khlebnikov <khlebnikov@yandex-team.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds cgroup v2 ID to common inet diag message attributes.
Cgroup v2 ID is kernfs ID (ino or ino+gen). This attribute allows filter
inet diag output by cgroup ID obtained by name_to_handle_at() syscall.
When net_cls or net_prio cgroup is activated this ID is equal to 1 (root
cgroup ID) for newly created sockets.
Some notes about this ID:
1) gets initialized in socket() syscall
2) incoming socket gets ID from listening socket
(not during accept() syscall)
3) not changed when process get moved to another cgroup
4) can point to deleted cgroup (refcounting)
v2:
- use CONFIG_SOCK_CGROUP_DATA instead if CONFIG_CGROUPS
v3:
- fix attr size by using nla_total_size_64bit() (Eric Dumazet)
- more detailed commit message (Konstantin Khlebnikov)
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Yakunin <zeil@yandex-team.ru>
Reviewed-by: Konstantin Khlebnikov <khlebnikov@yandex-team.ru>
Acked-By: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The connection layer in af_smc.c is now using the new LLC flow
framework, which made the link state DELETING obsolete. Remove the state
and the respective helpers.
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The new SMC-R multiple link support will support a maximum of 3 links,
and one CONFIRM_RKEY LLC message can transport 3 rkeys of an rmb buffer.
There is no need for the LLC message type CONFIRM_RKEY_CONTINUE which is
needed when more than 3 rkeys per rmb buffer needs to be exchanged.
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the LLC flow framework for the processing of DELETE_RKEY messages
that were received from the peer.
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the LLC flow framework for the processing of CONFIRM_RKEY messages
that were received from the peer.
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce smc_rtoken_set() to set the rtoken for a new link to an
existing rmb whose rtoken is given, and smc_rtoken_set2() to set an
rtoken for a new link whose link_id is given.
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Get rid of the extra function and move the two-liner for the TEST_LINK
response processing into the event handler function.
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adapt smc_llc_do_delete_rkey() to use the LLC flow and support multiple
links when deleting the rkeys for rmb buffers at the peer.
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adapt smc_llc_do_confirm_rkey() to use the LLC flow and support the
rkeys of multiple links when the CONFIRM_RKEY LLC message is build.
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change the code that processes the SMC client part of connection
establishment to use the LLC flow framework (CONFIRM_LINK request
messages).
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change the code that processes the SMC server part of connection
establishment to use the LLC flow framework (CONFIRM_LINK response
messages).
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce smc_llc_eval_conf_link() to evaluate the CONFIRM_LINK message
contents. This implements this logic at the LLC layer. The function will
be used by af_smc.c to process the received LLC layer messages.
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a type field to the link group which reflects the current link group
redundancy state.
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce smc_llc_enqueue() to enqueue LLC messages, and adapt
smc_llc_rx_handler() to enqueue all received LLC messages.
smc_llc_enqueue() also makes it possible to enqueue LLC messages from
local code.
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The new framework allows to start specific types of LLC control flows,
protects active flows and makes it possible to wait for flows to finish
before starting a new flow.
This mechanism is used for the LLC control layer to model flows like
'add link' or 'delete link' which need to send/receive several LLC
messages and are not allowed to get interrupted by the wrong type of
messages.
'Add link' or 'Delete link' messages arriving in the middle of a flow
are delayed and processed when the current flow finished.
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcp_v{4,6}_syn_recv_sock() set 'own_req' only when returning
a not NULL 'child', let's check 'own_req' only if child is
available to avoid an - unharmful - UBSAN splat.
v1 -> v2:
- reference the correct hash
Fixes: 4c8941de78 ("mptcp: avoid flipping mp_capable field in syn_recv_sock()")
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When parsing MPC+data packets we set the dss field, so
we must also initialize the data_fin, or we can find stray
value there.
Fixes: 9a19371bf0 ("mptcp: fix data_fin handing in RX path")
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mentioned RX option field is initialized only for DSS
packet, we must access it only if 'dss' is set too, or
the subflow will end-up in a bad status, leading to
RFC violations.
Fixes: d22f4988ff ("mptcp: process MP_CAPABLE data option")
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Syzcaller has found a way to trigger the WARN_ON_ONCE condition
in check_fully_established().
The root cause is a legit fallback to TCP scenario, so replace
the WARN with a plain message on a more strict condition.
Fixes: f296234c98 ("mptcp: Add handling of incoming MP_JOIN requests")
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the MPTCP code uses 2 hooks to process syn-ack
packets, mptcp_rcv_synsent() and the sk_rx_dst_set()
callback.
We can drop the first, moving the relevant code into the
latter, reducing the hooking into the TCP code. This is
also needed by the next patch.
v1 -> v2:
- use local tcp sock ptr instead of casting the sk variable
several times - DaveM
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The method ndo_start_xmit() returns a value of type netdev_tx_t. Fix
the ndo function to use the correct type.
Signed-off-by: Yunjian Wang <wangyunjian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
White-list map lookup for SOCKMAP/SOCKHASH from BPF. Lookup returns a
pointer to a full socket and acquires a reference if necessary.
To support it we need to extend the verifier to know that:
(1) register storing the lookup result holds a pointer to socket, if
lookup was done on SOCKMAP/SOCKHASH, and that
(2) map lookup on SOCKMAP/SOCKHASH is a reference acquiring operation,
which needs a corresponding reference release with bpf_sk_release.
On sock_map side, lookup handlers exposed via bpf_map_ops now bump
sk_refcnt if socket is reference counted. In turn, bpf_sk_select_reuseport,
the only in-kernel user of SOCKMAP/SOCKHASH ops->map_lookup_elem, was
updated to release the reference.
Sockets fetched from a map can be used in the same way as ones returned by
BPF socket lookup helpers, such as bpf_sk_lookup_tcp. In particular, they
can be used with bpf_sk_assign to direct packets toward a socket on TC
ingress path.
Suggested-by: Lorenz Bauer <lmb@cloudflare.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Sitnicki <jakub@cloudflare.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200429181154.479310-2-jakub@cloudflare.com
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for nf-next:
1) Add IPS_HW_OFFLOAD status bit, from Bodong Wang.
2) Remove 128-bit limit on the set element data area, rise it
to 64 bytes.
3) Report EOPNOTSUPP for unsupported NAT types and flags.
4) Set up nft_nat flags from the control plane path.
5) Add helper functions to set up the nf_nat_range2 structure.
6) Add netmap support for nft_nat.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Paolo points out that mptcp_disconnect is bogus:
"lock_sock(sk);
looks suspicious (lock should be already held by the caller)
And call to: tcp_disconnect(sk, flags); too, sk is not a tcp
socket".
->disconnect() gets called from e.g. inet_stream_connect when
one tries to disassociate a connected socket again (to re-connect
without closing the socket first).
MPTCP however uses mptcp_stream_connect, not inet_stream_connect,
for the mptcp-socket connect call.
inet_stream_connect only gets called indirectly, for the tcp socket,
so any ->disconnect() calls end up calling tcp_disconnect for that
tcp subflow sk.
This also explains why syzkaller has not yet reported a problem
here. So for now replace this with a stub that doesn't do anything.
Closes: https://github.com/multipath-tcp/mptcp_net-next/issues/14
Acked-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce smc_llc_lgr_init() and smc_llc_lgr_clear() to implement all
llc layer specific initialization and cleanup in module smc_llc.c.
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The locks for sndbufs and rmbs are never used from atomic context. Using
a mutex for these locks will allow to nest locks with other mutexes.
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When llc responses are received then possible waiters for this response
are to be notified. This can be done in tasklet context, without to
use a work in the llc work queue. Move all code that handles llc
responses into smc_llc_rx_response().
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Incoming llc messages are processed in irq tasklet context, and
a worker is used to send outgoing messages. The worker is needed
because getting a send buffer could result in a wait for a free buffer.
To make sure all incoming llc messages are processed in a serialized way
introduce an event queue and create a new queue entry for each message
which is queued to this event queue. A new worker processes the event
queue entries in order.
And remove the use of a separate worker to send outgoing llc messages
because the messages are processed in worker context already.
With this event queue the serialized llc_wq work queue is obsolete,
remove it.
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cancel the testlink worker during link clear processing and remove the
extra function smc_llc_link_inactive().
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The testlink work waits for a response to the testlink request and
blocks the single threaded llc_wq. This type of work does not have to be
serialized and can be moved to the system work queue.
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before a link can be reused it must have been cleared. Lowest current
link state is INACTIVE, which does not mean that the link is already
cleared.
Add a new state UNUSED that is set when the link is cleared and can be
reused.
Add helper smc_llc_usable_link() to find an active link in a link group,
and smc_link_usable() to determine if a link is usable.
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend smc_rmb_rtoken_handling() and smc_rtoken_delete() to support
multiple links.
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As a preparation for the support of multiple links remove the usage of
a static link id (SMC_SINGLE_LINK) and allow dynamic link ids.
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As a preparation for the support of multiple links remove the usage of
a static link id (SMC_SINGLE_LINK) and allow dynamic link ids.
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The link_id is the index of the link in the array of the link group.
When a link in the array is reused for a new link, a different unique
link_id should be used, otherwise the index in the array could collide
with the previous link at this array position.
Use a new variable link_idx as array index, and make link_id an
increasing unique id value.
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the initialization of a new link into its own function, separate
from smc_lgr_create, to allow more than one link per link group.
Do an extra check if the IB device initialization was successful, and
reset the link state if any error occurs during smcr_link_init().
And rename two existing functions to use the prefix smcr_ to indicate
that they belong to the SMC-R code path.
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The pnet table stored pnet ids in the smc device structures. When a
device is going down its smc device structure is freed, and when the
device is brought online again it no longer has a pnet id set.
Rework the pnet table implementation to store the device name with their
assigned pnet id and apply the pnet id to devices when they are
registered.
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
gcc-10 points out that a code path exists where a pointer to a stack
variable may be passed back to the caller:
net/netfilter/nfnetlink_osf.c: In function 'nf_osf_hdr_ctx_init':
cc1: warning: function may return address of local variable [-Wreturn-local-addr]
net/netfilter/nfnetlink_osf.c:171:16: note: declared here
171 | struct tcphdr _tcph;
| ^~~~~
I am not sure whether this can happen in practice, but moving the
variable declaration into the callers avoids the problem.
Fixes: 31a9c29210 ("netfilter: nf_osf: add struct nf_osf_hdr_ctx")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Reviewed-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
There's no callers in-tree anymore since commit 84287bb328 ("ila: add
checksum neutral map auto").
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The method ndo_start_xmit() returns a value of type netdev_tx_t. Fix
the ndo function to use the correct type.
Signed-off-by: Yunjian Wang <wangyunjian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As of now HE operation element in bss_conf includes variable length
optional field followed by other HE variable. Though the optional
field never be used, actually it is referring to next member of the
bss_conf structure which is not correct. Fix it by declaring needed
HE operation fields within bss_conf itself.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1587768108-25248-2-git-send-email-rmanohar@codeaurora.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Use the Beacon frame specific legacy rate configuration, if specified
for AP or mesh, instead of the generic rate mask when selecting the TX
rate for Beacon frames.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200425155713.25687-4-jouni@codeaurora.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Audit the action of unregistering ebtables and x_tables.
See: https://github.com/linux-audit/audit-kernel/issues/44
Signed-off-by: Richard Guy Briggs <rgb@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
NETFILTER_CFG record generation was inconsistent for x_tables and
ebtables configuration changes. The call was needlessly messy and there
were supporting records missing at times while they were produced when
not requested. Simplify the logging call into a new audit_log_nfcfg
call. Honour the audit_enabled setting while more consistently
recording information including supporting records by tidying up dummy
checks.
Add an op= field that indicates the operation being performed (register
or replace).
Here is the enhanced sample record:
type=NETFILTER_CFG msg=audit(1580905834.919:82970): table=filter family=2 entries=83 op=replace
Generate audit NETFILTER_CFG records on ebtables table registration.
Previously this was being done for x_tables registration and replacement
operations and ebtables table replacement only.
See: https://github.com/linux-audit/audit-kernel/issues/25
See: https://github.com/linux-audit/audit-kernel/issues/35
See: https://github.com/linux-audit/audit-kernel/issues/43
Signed-off-by: Richard Guy Briggs <rgb@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Not much to be done here:
- add SPDX header;
- add a document title;
- mark a literal as such, in order to avoid a warning;
- add to networking/index.rst.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+huawei@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- add SPDX header;
- adjust titles and chapters, adding proper markups;
- mark code blocks and literals as such;
- mark lists as such;
- mark tables as such;
- use footnote markup;
- adjust identation, whitespaces and blank lines;
- add to networking/index.rst.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+huawei@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- add SPDX header;
- mark code blocks and literals as such;
- mark tables as such;
- mark lists as such;
- adjust identation, whitespaces and blank lines;
- add to networking/index.rst.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+huawei@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- add SPDX header;
- adjust titles and chapters, adding proper markups;
- comment out text-only TOC from html/pdf output;
- mark code blocks and literals as such;
- adjust identation, whitespaces and blank lines;
- add to networking/index.rst.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+huawei@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- add SPDX header;
- adjust titles and chapters, adding proper markups;
- mark lists as such;
- mark code blocks and literals as such;
- adjust identation, whitespaces and blank lines;
- add to networking/index.rst.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+huawei@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There isn't much to be done here. Just:
- add SPDX header;
- add a document title.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+huawei@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There isn't much to be done here. Just:
- add SPDX header;
- add a document title.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+huawei@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bugfixes:
- Restore wake-up-all to rpcrdma_cm_event_handler()
- Otherwise the client won't respond to server disconnect requests
- Fix tracepoint use-after-free race
- Fix usage of xdr_stream_encode_item_{present, absent}
- These functions return a size on success, and not 0
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=jre3
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'nfs-rdma-for-5.7-2' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/anna/linux-nfs
NFSoRDMA Client Fixes for Linux 5.7
Bugfixes:
- Restore wake-up-all to rpcrdma_cm_event_handler()
- Otherwise the client won't respond to server disconnect requests
- Fix tracepoint use-after-free race
- Fix usage of xdr_stream_encode_item_{present, absent}
- These functions return a size on success, and not 0
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@hammerspace.com>
The rpciod workqueue is on the write-out path for freeing dirty memory,
so it is important that it never block waiting for memory to be
allocated - this can lead to a deadlock.
rpc_execute() - which is often called by an rpciod work item - calls
rcp_task_release_client() which can lead to rpc_free_client().
rpc_free_client() makes two calls which could potentially block wating
for memory allocation.
rpc_clnt_debugfs_unregister() calls into debugfs and will block while
any of the debugfs files are being accessed. In particular it can block
while any of the 'open' methods are being called and all of these use
malloc for one thing or another. So this can deadlock if the memory
allocation waits for NFS to complete some writes via rpciod.
rpc_clnt_remove_pipedir() can take the inode_lock() and while it isn't
obvious that memory allocations can happen while the lock it held, it is
safer to assume they might and to not let rpciod call
rpc_clnt_remove_pipedir().
So this patch moves these two calls (together with the final kfree() and
rpciod_down()) into a work-item to be run from the system work-queue.
rpciod can continue its important work, and the final stages of the free
can happen whenever they happen.
I have seen this deadlock on a 4.12 based kernel where debugfs used
synchronize_srcu() when removing objects. synchronize_srcu() requires a
workqueue and there were no free workther threads and none could be
allocated. While debugsfs no longer uses SRCU, I believe the deadlock
is still possible.
Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@hammerspace.com>
Current route nexthop API maintains user space compatibility
with old route API by default. Dumps and netlink notifications
support both new and old API format. In systems which have
moved to the new API, this compatibility mode cancels some
of the performance benefits provided by the new nexthop API.
This patch adds new sysctl nexthop_compat_mode which is on
by default but provides the ability to turn off compatibility
mode allowing systems to run entirely with the new routing
API. Old route API behaviour and support is not modified by this
sysctl.
Uses a single sysctl to cover both ipv4 and ipv6 following
other sysctls. Covers dumps and delete notifications as
suggested by David Ahern.
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Used in subsequent work to skip route delete
notifications on nexthop deletes.
Suggested-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull in Christoph Hellwig's series that changes the sysctl's ->proc_handler
methods to take kernel pointers instead. It gets rid of the set_fs address
space overrides used by BPF. As per discussion, pull in the feature branch
into bpf-next as it relates to BPF sysctl progs.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200427071508.GV23230@ZenIV.linux.org.uk/T/
This change allows scatternet connections to be created if the
controller reports support and the HCI_QUIRK_VALID_LE_STATES indicates
that the reported LE states can be trusted.
Signed-off-by: Alain Michaud <alainm@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This extends espintcp to support IPv6, building on the existing code
and the new UDPv6 encapsulation support. Most of the code is either
reused directly (stream parser, ULP) or very similar to the IPv4
variant (net/ipv6/esp6.c changes).
The separation of config options for IPv4 and IPv6 espintcp requires a
bit of Kconfig gymnastics to enable the core code.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
This patch adds support for encapsulation of ESP over UDPv6. The code
is very similar to the IPv4 encapsulation implementation, and allows
to easily add espintcp on IPv6 as a follow-up.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
This patch allows you to NAT the network address prefix onto another
network address prefix, a.k.a. netmapping.
Userspace must specify the NF_NAT_RANGE_NETMAP flag and the prefix
address through the NFTA_NAT_REG_ADDR_MIN and NFTA_NAT_REG_ADDR_MAX
netlink attributes.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Instead of EINVAL which should be used for malformed netlink messages.
Fixes: eb31628e37 ("netfilter: nf_tables: Add support for IPv6 NAT")
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
tcp_bpf_recvmsg() invokes sk_psock_get(), which returns a reference of
the specified sk_psock object to "psock" with increased refcnt.
When tcp_bpf_recvmsg() returns, local variable "psock" becomes invalid,
so the refcount should be decreased to keep refcount balanced.
The reference counting issue happens in several exception handling paths
of tcp_bpf_recvmsg(). When those error scenarios occur such as "flags"
includes MSG_ERRQUEUE, the function forgets to decrease the refcnt
increased by sk_psock_get(), causing a refcnt leak.
Fix this issue by calling sk_psock_put() or pulling up the error queue
read handling when those error scenarios occur.
Fixes: e7a5f1f1cd ("bpf/sockmap: Read psock ingress_msg before sk_receive_queue")
Signed-off-by: Xiyu Yang <xiyuyang19@fudan.edu.cn>
Signed-off-by: Xin Tan <tanxin.ctf@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Sitnicki <jakub@cloudflare.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/1587872115-42805-1-git-send-email-xiyuyang19@fudan.edu.cn
- bump version strings, by Simon Wunderlich
- fix spelling error, by Sven Eckelmann
- drop unneeded types.h include, by Sven Eckelmann
- change random number generation to prandom_u32_max(),
by Sven Eckelmann
- remove unused function batadv_arp_change_timeout(), by Yue Haibing
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=5bKt
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'batadv-next-for-davem-20200427' of git://git.open-mesh.org/linux-merge
Simon Wunderlich says:
====================
This cleanup patchset includes the following patches:
- bump version strings, by Simon Wunderlich
- fix spelling error, by Sven Eckelmann
- drop unneeded types.h include, by Sven Eckelmann
- change random number generation to prandom_u32_max(),
by Sven Eckelmann
- remove unused function batadv_arp_change_timeout(), by Yue Haibing
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- fix random number generation in network coding, by George Spelvin
- fix reference counter leaks, by Xiyu Yang (3 patches)
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=fNPb
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'batadv-net-for-davem-20200427' of git://git.open-mesh.org/linux-merge
Simon Wunderlich says:
====================
Here are some batman-adv bugfixes:
- fix random number generation in network coding, by George Spelvin
- fix reference counter leaks, by Xiyu Yang (3 patches)
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
syzbot managed to set up sfq so that q->scaled_quantum was zero,
triggering an infinite loop in sfq_dequeue()
More generally, we must only accept quantum between 1 and 2^18 - 7,
meaning scaled_quantum must be in [1, 0x7FFF] range.
Otherwise, we also could have a loop in sfq_dequeue()
if scaled_quantum happens to be 0x8000, since slot->allot
could indefinitely switch between 0 and 0x8000.
Fixes: eeaeb068f1 ("sch_sfq: allow big packets and be fair")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: syzbot+0251e883fe39e7a0cb0a@syzkaller.appspotmail.com
Cc: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is not possible to have the MRP and STP running at the same time on the
bridge, therefore add check when enabling the STP to check if MRP is already
enabled. In that case return error.
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To integrate MRP into the bridge, the bridge needs to do the following:
- detect if the MRP frame was received on MRP ring port in that case it would be
processed otherwise just forward it as usual.
- enable parsing of MRP
- before whenever the bridge was set up, it would set all the ports in
forwarding state. Add an extra check to not set ports in forwarding state if
the port is an MRP ring port. The reason of this change is that if the MRP
instance initially sets the port in blocked state by setting the bridge up it
would overwrite this setting.
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement netlink interface to configure MRP. The implementation
will do sanity checks over the attributes and then eventually call the MRP
interface.
Signed-off-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement the MRP API.
In case the HW can't generate MRP Test frames then the SW will try to generate
the frames. In case that also the SW will fail in generating the frames then a
error is return to the userspace. The userspace is responsible to generate all
the other MRP frames regardless if the test frames are generated by HW or SW.
The forwarding/termination of MRP frames is happening in the kernel and is done
by the MRP instance. The userspace application doesn't do the forwarding.
Signed-off-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement the MRP api for switchdev.
These functions will just eventually call the switchdev functions:
switchdev_port_obj_add/del and switchdev_port_attr_set.
Signed-off-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Define the MRP interface.
This interface is used by the netlink to update the MRP instances and by the MRP
to make the calls to switchdev to offload it to HW.
It defines an MRP instance 'struct br_mrp' which is a list of MRP instances.
Which will be part of the 'struct net_bridge'. Each instance has 2 ring ports,
a bridge and an ID.
In case the HW can't generate MRP Test frames then the SW will generate those.
br_mrp_add - adds a new MRP instance.
br_mrp_del - deletes an existing MRP instance. Each instance has an ID(ring_id).
br_mrp_set_port_state - changes the port state. The port can be in forwarding
state, which means that the frames can pass through or in blocked state which
means that the frames can't pass through except MRP frames. This will
eventually call the switchdev API to notify the HW. This information is used
also by the SW bridge to know how to forward frames in case the HW doesn't
have this capability.
br_mrp_set_port_role - a port role can be primary or secondary. This
information is required to be pushed to HW in case the HW can generate
MRP_Test frames. Because the MRP_Test frames contains a file with this
information. Otherwise the HW will not be able to generate the frames
correctly.
br_mrp_set_ring_state - a ring can be in state open or closed. State open means
that the mrp port stopped receiving MRP_Test frames, while closed means that
the mrp port received MRP_Test frames. Similar with br_mrp_port_role, this
information is pushed in HW because the MRP_Test frames contain this
information.
br_mrp_set_ring_role - a ring can have the following roles MRM or MRC. For the
role MRM it is expected that the HW can terminate the MRP frames, notify the
SW that it stopped receiving MRP_Test frames and trapp all the other MRP
frames. While for MRC mode it is expected that the HW can forward the MRP
frames only between the MRP ports and copy MRP_Topology frames to CPU. In
case the HW doesn't support a role it needs to return an error code different
than -EOPNOTSUPP.
br_mrp_start_test - this starts/stops the generation of MRP_Test frames. To stop
the generation of frames the interval needs to have a value of 0. In this case
the userspace needs to know if the HW supports this or not. Not to have
duplicate frames(generated by HW and SW). Because if the HW supports this then
the SW will not generate anymore frames and will expect that the HW will
notify when it stopped receiving MRP frames using the function
br_mrp_port_open.
br_mrp_port_open - this function is used by drivers to notify the userspace via
a netlink callback that one of the ports stopped receiving MRP_Test frames.
This function is called only when the node has the role MRM. It is not
supposed to be called from userspace.
br_mrp_port_switchdev_add - this corresponds to the function br_mrp_add,
and will notify the HW that a MRP instance is added. The function gets
as parameter the MRP instance.
br_mrp_port_switchdev_del - this corresponds to the function br_mrp_del,
and will notify the HW that a MRP instance is removed. The function
gets as parameter the ID of the MRP instance that is removed.
br_mrp_port_switchdev_set_state - this corresponds to the function
br_mrp_set_port_state. It would notify the HW if it should block or not
non-MRP frames.
br_mrp_port_switchdev_set_port - this corresponds to the function
br_mrp_set_port_role. It would set the port role, primary or secondary.
br_mrp_switchdev_set_role - this corresponds to the function
br_mrp_set_ring_role and would set one of the role MRM or MRC.
br_mrp_switchdev_set_ring_state - this corresponds to the function
br_mrp_set_ring_state and would set the ring to be open or closed.
br_mrp_switchdev_send_ring_test - this corresponds to the function
br_mrp_start_test. This will notify the HW to start or stop generating
MRP_Test frames. Value 0 for the interval parameter means to stop generating
the frames.
br_mrp_port_open - this function is used to notify the userspace that the port
lost the continuity of MRP Test frames.
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a new port attribute, IFLA_BRPORT_MRP_RING_OPEN, which allows
to notify the userspace when the port lost the continuite of MRP frames.
This attribute is set by kernel whenever the SW or HW detects that the ring is
being open or closed.
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To integrate MRP into the bridge, first the bridge needs to be aware of ports
that are part of an MRP ring and which rings are on the bridge.
Therefore extend bridge interface with the following:
- add new flag(BR_MPP_AWARE) to the net bridge ports, this bit will be
set when the port is added to an MRP instance. In this way it knows if
the frame was received on MRP ring port
- add new flag(BR_MRP_LOST_CONT) to the net bridge ports, this bit will be set
when the port lost the continuity of MRP Test frames.
- add a list of MRP instances
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the option BRIDGE_MRP to allow to build in or not MRP support.
The default value is N.
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
My intent was to not let users set a zero drop_batch_size,
it seems I once again messed with min()/max().
Fixes: 9d18562a22 ("fq_codel: add batch ability to fq_codel_drop()")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tls_data_ready() invokes sk_psock_get(), which returns a reference of
the specified sk_psock object to "psock" with increased refcnt.
When tls_data_ready() returns, local variable "psock" becomes invalid,
so the refcount should be decreased to keep refcount balanced.
The reference counting issue happens in one exception handling path of
tls_data_ready(). When "psock->ingress_msg" is empty but "psock" is not
NULL, the function forgets to decrease the refcnt increased by
sk_psock_get(), causing a refcnt leak.
Fix this issue by calling sk_psock_put() on all paths when "psock" is
not NULL.
Signed-off-by: Xiyu Yang <xiyuyang19@fudan.edu.cn>
Signed-off-by: Xin Tan <tanxin.ctf@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
x25_connect() invokes x25_get_neigh(), which returns a reference of the
specified x25_neigh object to "x25->neighbour" with increased refcnt.
When x25 connect success and returns, the reference still be hold by
"x25->neighbour", so the refcount should be decreased in
x25_disconnect() to keep refcount balanced.
The reference counting issue happens in x25_disconnect(), which forgets
to decrease the refcnt increased by x25_get_neigh() in x25_connect(),
causing a refcnt leak.
Fix this issue by calling x25_neigh_put() before x25_disconnect()
returns.
Signed-off-by: Xiyu Yang <xiyuyang19@fudan.edu.cn>
Signed-off-by: Xin Tan <tanxin.ctf@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
bpf_exec_tx_verdict() invokes sk_psock_get(), which returns a reference
of the specified sk_psock object to "psock" with increased refcnt.
When bpf_exec_tx_verdict() returns, local variable "psock" becomes
invalid, so the refcount should be decreased to keep refcount balanced.
The reference counting issue happens in one exception handling path of
bpf_exec_tx_verdict(). When "policy" equals to NULL but "psock" is not
NULL, the function forgets to decrease the refcnt increased by
sk_psock_get(), causing a refcnt leak.
Fix this issue by calling sk_psock_put() on this error path before
bpf_exec_tx_verdict() returns.
Signed-off-by: Xiyu Yang <xiyuyang19@fudan.edu.cn>
Signed-off-by: Xin Tan <tanxin.ctf@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The variable err is being initializeed with a value that is never read
and it is being updated later with a new value. The initialization
is redundant and can be removed.
Addresses-Coverity: ("Unused value")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In virtio_transport.c, if the virtqueue is full, the transmitting
packet is queued up and it will be sent in the next iteration.
This causes the same packet to be delivered multiple times to
monitoring devices.
We want to continue to deliver packets to monitoring devices before
it is put in the virtqueue, to avoid that replies can appear in the
packet capture before the transmitted packet.
This patch fixes the issue, adding a new flag (tap_delivered) in
struct virtio_vsock_pkt, to check if the packet is already delivered
to monitoring devices.
In vhost/vsock.c, we are splitting packets, so we must set
'tap_delivered' to false when we queue up the same virtio_vsock_pkt
to handle the remaining bytes.
Signed-off-by: Stefano Garzarella <sgarzare@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I've noticed that when krb5i or krb5p security is in use,
retransmitted requests are missing the server's duplicate reply
cache. The computed checksum on the retransmitted request does not
match the cached checksum, resulting in the server performing the
retransmitted request again instead of returning the cached reply.
The assumptions made when removing xdr_buf_trim() were not correct.
In the send paths, the upper layer has already set the segment
lengths correctly, and shorting the buffer's content is simply a
matter of reducing buf->len.
xdr_buf_trim() is the right answer in the receive/unwrap path on
both the client and the server. The buffer segment lengths have to
be shortened one-by-one.
On the server side in particular, head.iov_len needs to be updated
correctly to enable nfsd_cache_csum() to work correctly. The simple
buf->len computation doesn't do that, and that results in
checksumming stale data in the buffer.
The problem isn't noticed until there's significant instability of
the RPC transport. At that point, the reliability of retransmit
detection on the server becomes crucial.
Fixes: 241b1f419f ("SUNRPC: Remove xdr_buf_trim()")
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
When the au_ralign field was added to gss_unwrap_resp_priv, the
wrong calculation was used. Setting au_rslack == au_ralign is
probably correct for kerberos_v1 privacy, but kerberos_v2 privacy
adds additional GSS data after the clear text RPC message.
au_ralign needs to be smaller than au_rslack in that fairly common
case.
When xdr_buf_trim() is restored to gss_unwrap_kerberos_v2(), it does
exactly what I feared it would: it trims off part of the clear text
RPC message. However, that's because rpc_prepare_reply_pages() does
not set up the rq_rcv_buf's tail correctly because au_ralign is too
large.
Fixing the au_ralign computation also corrects the alignment of
rq_rcv_buf->pages so that the client does not have to shift reply
data payloads after they are received.
Fixes: 35e77d21ba ("SUNRPC: Add rpc_auth::au_ralign field")
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Refactor: This is a pre-requisite to fixing the client-side ralign
computation in gss_unwrap_resp_priv().
The length value is passed in explicitly rather that as the value
of buf->len. This will subsequently allow gss_unwrap_kerberos_v1()
to compute a slack and align value, instead of computing it in
gss_unwrap_resp_priv().
Fixes: 35e77d21ba ("SUNRPC: Add rpc_auth::au_ralign field")
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
I don't see any reason to do this. Maybe needed before
commit 56c5ee1a58 ("xfrm interface: fix memory leak on creation").
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Instead of having all the sysctl handlers deal with user pointers, which
is rather hairy in terms of the BPF interaction, copy the input to and
from userspace in common code. This also means that the strings are
always NUL-terminated by the common code, making the API a little bit
safer.
As most handler just pass through the data to one of the common handlers
a lot of the changes are mechnical.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Acked-by: Andrey Ignatov <rdna@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
If the UDP header of a local VXLAN endpoint is NAT-ed, and the VXLAN
device has disabled UDP checksums and enabled Tx checksum offloading,
then the skb passed to udp_manip_pkt() has hdr->check == 0 (outer
checksum disabled) and skb->ip_summed == CHECKSUM_PARTIAL (inner packet
checksum offloaded).
Because of the ->ip_summed value, udp_manip_pkt() tries to update the
outer checksum with the new address and port, leading to an invalid
checksum sent on the wire, as the original null checksum obviously
didn't take the old address and port into account.
So, we can't take ->ip_summed into account in udp_manip_pkt(), as it
might not refer to the checksum we're acting on. Instead, we can base
the decision to update the UDP checksum entirely on the value of
hdr->check, because it's null if and only if checksum is disabled:
* A fully computed checksum can't be 0, since a 0 checksum is
represented by the CSUM_MANGLED_0 value instead.
* A partial checksum can't be 0, since the pseudo-header always adds
at least one non-zero value (the UDP protocol type 0x11) and adding
more values to the sum can't make it wrap to 0 as the carry is then
added to the wrapped number.
* A disabled checksum uses the special value 0.
The problem seems to be there from day one, although it was probably
not visible before UDP tunnels were implemented.
Fixes: 5b1158e909 ("[NETFILTER]: Add NAT support for nf_conntrack")
Signed-off-by: Guillaume Nault <gnault@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This bit indicates that the conntrack entry is offloaded to hardware
flow table. nf_conntrack entry will be tagged with [HW_OFFLOAD] if
it's offload to hardware.
cat /proc/net/nf_conntrack
ipv4 2 tcp 6 \
src=1.1.1.17 dst=1.1.1.16 sport=56394 dport=5001 \
src=1.1.1.16 dst=1.1.1.17 sport=5001 dport=56394 [HW_OFFLOAD] \
mark=0 zone=0 use=3
Note that HW_OFFLOAD/OFFLOAD/ASSURED are mutually exclusive.
Changelog:
* V1->V2:
- Remove check of lastused from stats. It was meant for cases such
as removing driver module while traffic still running. Better to
handle such cases from garbage collector.
Signed-off-by: Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This allows TC eBPF programs to modify and forward (redirect) packets
from interfaces without ethernet headers (for example cellular)
to interfaces with (for example ethernet/wifi).
The lack of this appears to simply be an oversight.
Tested:
in active use in Android R on 4.14+ devices for ipv6
cellular to wifi tethering offload.
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
linux-next build bot reported compile issue [1] with one of its
configs. It looks like when we have CONFIG_NET=n and
CONFIG_BPF{,_SYSCALL}=y, we are missing the bpf_base_func_proto
definition (from net/core/filter.c) in cgroup_base_func_proto.
I'm reshuffling the code a bit to make it work. The common helpers
are moved into kernel/bpf/helpers.c and the bpf_base_func_proto is
exported from there.
Also, bpf_get_raw_cpu_id goes into kernel/bpf/core.c akin to existing
bpf_user_rnd_u32.
[1] https://lore.kernel.org/linux-next/CAKH8qBsBvKHswiX1nx40LgO+BGeTmb1NX8tiTttt_0uu6T3dCA@mail.gmail.com/T/#mff8b0c083314c68c2e2ef0211cb11bc20dc13c72
Fixes: 0456ea170c ("bpf: Enable more helpers for BPF_PROG_TYPE_CGROUP_{DEVICE,SYSCTL,SOCKOPT}")
Signed-off-by: Stanislav Fomichev <sdf@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Cc: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200424235941.58382-1-sdf@google.com
Currently the following prog types don't fall back to bpf_base_func_proto()
(instead they have cgroup_base_func_proto which has a limited set of
helpers from bpf_base_func_proto):
* BPF_PROG_TYPE_CGROUP_DEVICE
* BPF_PROG_TYPE_CGROUP_SYSCTL
* BPF_PROG_TYPE_CGROUP_SOCKOPT
I don't see any specific reason why we shouldn't use bpf_base_func_proto(),
every other type of program (except bpf-lirc and, understandably, tracing)
use it, so let's fall back to bpf_base_func_proto for those prog types
as well.
This basically boils down to adding access to the following helpers:
* BPF_FUNC_get_prandom_u32
* BPF_FUNC_get_smp_processor_id
* BPF_FUNC_get_numa_node_id
* BPF_FUNC_tail_call
* BPF_FUNC_ktime_get_ns
* BPF_FUNC_spin_lock (CAP_SYS_ADMIN)
* BPF_FUNC_spin_unlock (CAP_SYS_ADMIN)
* BPF_FUNC_jiffies64 (CAP_SYS_ADMIN)
I've also added bpf_perf_event_output() because it's really handy for
logging and debugging.
Signed-off-by: Stanislav Fomichev <sdf@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200420174610.77494-1-sdf@google.com
Commit b656722906 ("net: Increase the size of skb_frag_t")
removed the 16bit limitation of a frag on some 32bit arches.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Compile the kernel for arm 32 platform, the build warning found.
To fix that, should use div_u64() for divisions.
| net/openvswitch/meter.c:396: undefined reference to `__udivdi3'
[add more commit msg, change reported tag, and use div_u64 instead
of do_div by Tonghao]
Fixes: e57358873b ("net: openvswitch: use u64 for meter bucket")
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tonghao Zhang <xiangxia.m.yue@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tonghao Zhang <xiangxia.m.yue@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To fix the following sparse warning:
| net/openvswitch/meter.c:109:38: sparse: sparse: incorrect type
| in assignment (different address spaces) ...
| net/openvswitch/meter.c:720:45: sparse: sparse: incorrect type
| in argument 1 (different address spaces) ...
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tonghao Zhang <xiangxia.m.yue@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's no callers in-tree since commit 792b48780e ("dccp: Implement
both feature-local and feature-remote Sequence Window feature")
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the hsr_dev_change_mtu(), the 'dev' and 'master->dev' pointer are
same. So, the 'master' variable and some code are unnecessary.
Signed-off-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently subflow_finish_connect() changes unconditionally
any msk socket status other than TCP_ESTABLISHED.
If an unblocking connect() races with close(), we can end-up
triggering:
IPv4: Attempt to release TCP socket in state 1 00000000e32b8b7e
when the msk socket is disposed.
Be sure to enter the established status only from SYN_SENT.
Fixes: c3c123d16c ("net: mptcp: don't hang in mptcp_sendmsg() after TCP fallback")
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Mat Martineau <mathew.j.martineau@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In MPTCP, the receive window is shared across all subflows, because it
refers to the mptcp-level sequence space.
MPTCP receivers already place incoming packets on the mptcp socket
receive queue and will charge it to the mptcp socket rcvbuf until
userspace consumes the data.
Update __tcp_select_window to use the occupancy of the parent/mptcp
socket instead of the subflow socket in case the tcp socket is part
of a logical mptcp connection.
This commit doesn't change choice of initial window for passive or active
connections.
While it would be possible to change those as well, this adds complexity
(especially when handling MP_JOIN requests). Furthermore, the MPTCP RFC
specifically says that a MPTCP sender 'MUST NOT use the RCV.WND field
of a TCP segment at the connection level if it does not also carry a DSS
option with a Data ACK field.'
SYN/SYNACK packets do not carry a DSS option with a Data ACK field.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Fix memory leak in netfilter flowtable, from Roi Dayan.
2) Ref-count leaks in netrom and tipc, from Xiyu Yang.
3) Fix warning when mptcp socket is never accepted before close, from
Florian Westphal.
4) Missed locking in ovs_ct_exit(), from Tonghao Zhang.
5) Fix large delays during PTP synchornization in cxgb4, from Rahul
Lakkireddy.
6) team_mode_get() can hang, from Taehee Yoo.
7) Need to use kvzalloc() when allocating fw tracer in mlx5 driver,
from Niklas Schnelle.
8) Fix handling of bpf XADD on BTF memory, from Jann Horn.
9) Fix BPF_STX/BPF_B encoding in x86 bpf jit, from Luke Nelson.
10) Missing queue memory release in iwlwifi pcie code, from Johannes
Berg.
11) Fix NULL deref in macvlan device event, from Taehee Yoo.
12) Initialize lan87xx phy correctly, from Yuiko Oshino.
13) Fix looping between VRF and XFRM lookups, from David Ahern.
14) etf packet scheduler assumes all sockets are full sockets, which is
not necessarily true. From Eric Dumazet.
15) Fix mptcp data_fin handling in RX path, from Paolo Abeni.
16) fib_select_default() needs to handle nexthop objects, from David
Ahern.
17) Use GFP_ATOMIC under spinlock in mac80211_hwsim, from Wei Yongjun.
18) vxlan and geneve use wrong nlattr array, from Sabrina Dubroca.
19) Correct rx/tx stats in bcmgenet driver, from Doug Berger.
20) BPF_LDX zero-extension is encoded improperly in x86_32 bpf jit, fix
from Luke Nelson.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/netdev/net: (100 commits)
selftests/bpf: Fix a couple of broken test_btf cases
tools/runqslower: Ensure own vmlinux.h is picked up first
bpf: Make bpf_link_fops static
bpftool: Respect the -d option in struct_ops cmd
selftests/bpf: Add test for freplace program with expected_attach_type
bpf: Propagate expected_attach_type when verifying freplace programs
bpf: Fix leak in LINK_UPDATE and enforce empty old_prog_fd
bpf, x86_32: Fix logic error in BPF_LDX zero-extension
bpf, x86_32: Fix clobbering of dst for BPF_JSET
bpf, x86_32: Fix incorrect encoding in BPF_LDX zero-extension
bpf: Fix reStructuredText markup
net: systemport: suppress warnings on failed Rx SKB allocations
net: bcmgenet: suppress warnings on failed Rx SKB allocations
macsec: avoid to set wrong mtu
mac80211: sta_info: Add lockdep condition for RCU list usage
mac80211: populate debugfs only after cfg80211 init
net: bcmgenet: correct per TX/RX ring statistics
net: meth: remove spurious copyright text
net: phy: bcm84881: clear settings on link down
chcr: Fix CPU hard lockup
...
Move the callback into the phylink_config structure, rather than
providing a callback to set this up.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Help end-users of the 'tc' command to see if the drivers ndo_setup_tc
function call fails. Troubleshooting when this happens is non-trivial
(see full process here[1]), and results in net_device getting assigned
the 'qdisc noop', which will drop all TX packets on the interface.
[1]: https://github.com/xdp-project/xdp-project/blob/master/areas/arm64/board_nxp_ls1088/nxp-board04-troubleshoot-qdisc.org
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* fix a wrong GFP_KERNEL in hwsim
* fix the debugfs mess after the mac80211 registration race fix
* suppress false-positive RCU list lockdep warnings
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=SKNj
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-net-2020-04-24' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Just three changes:
* fix a wrong GFP_KERNEL in hwsim
* fix the debugfs mess after the mac80211 registration race fix
* suppress false-positive RCU list lockdep warnings
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's no callers in-tree.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
RX status needs a KHz component, so add freq_offset. We
can reduce the bits for the frequency since 60 GHz isn't
supported.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200402011810.22947-5-thomas@adapt-ip.com
[fix commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
cfg80211_chan_def and ieee80211_channel recently gained a
frequency offset component. Handle this where it makes
sense (potentially required by S1G channels).
For IBSS, TDLS, CSA, and ROC we return -EOPNOTSUPP if a
channel with frequency offset is passed, since they may or
may not work. Once someone tests and verifies these
commands work on thos types of channels, we can remove
that error.
join_ocb and join_mesh look harmless because they use a
simple ieee80211_vif_use_channel(), which is using an
already verified channel, so we let those through.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200402011810.22947-4-thomas@adapt-ip.com
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some bands (S1G) define channels centered on a non-integer
MHz. Give ieee80211_channel and cfg80211_chan_def a
freq_offset component where the final frequency can be
expressed as:
MHZ_TO_KHZ(chan->center_freq) + chan->freq_offset;
Also provide some helper functions to do the frequency
conversion and test for equality.
Retain the existing interface to frequency and channel
conversion helpers, and expose new ones which handle
frequencies in units of KHz.
Some internal functions (net/wireless/chan.c) pass around
a frequency value. Convert these to units of KHz.
mesh, ibss, wext, etc. are currently ignored.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200402011810.22947-3-thomas@adapt-ip.com
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The MLME logic had a workaround that allowed to continue an
association with an AP even if the AP did not provide any basic
rates in its supported rates in the association response, assuming
that the first (non basic) legacy rate could be used as a basic rate.
However, this did not consider the case where the AP (which is
obviously buggy) did not provide any legacy rate.
Fix this by failing the association, as this can result in
an unexpected failure in the low level driver and FW, e.g., in
rate scale logic etc.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/iwlwifi.20200326150855.d70a1450d83f.I6e6ce5efda351a8544c0e7bfeee260fe3360d401@changeid
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Driver tells mac80211 to sends ADDBA with SSN (starting sequence number)
from the head of the queue, while the transmission of all the frames in the
queue may take a while, which causes the peer to time out. In order to
fix this scenario, add an option to defer ADDBA transmit until queue
is drained.
Signed-off-by: Mordechay Goodstein <mordechay.goodstein@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/iwlwifi.20200326150855.0f27423fec75.If67daab123a27c1cbddef000d6a3f212aa6309ef@changeid
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
SAE AP may reject authentication with WLAN_STATUS_ANTI_CLOG_REQUIRED.
As the user space will immediately continue the authentication flow,
there is no need to destroy the authentication data in this case.
This saves unneeded station removal and releasing the channel.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/iwlwifi.20200326150855.7483996157a8.I8040a842874aaf6d209df3fc8a2acb97a0bf508b@changeid
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Somehow we missed this for a long time, but similar to the extended
NSS support in VHT capabilities, we need to have this in Operating
Mode notification.
Implement it by
* parsing the 160/80+80 bit there and setting the bandwidth
appropriately
* having callers of ieee80211_get_vht_max_nss() pass in the current
max NSS value as received in the operating mode notification in
order to modify it appropriately depending on the extended NSS
bits.
This updates all drivers that use it, i.e. only iwlwifi/mvm.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/iwlwifi.20200326150855.098483728cfa.I4e8c25d3288441759c2793247197229f0696a37d@changeid
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Convert a user space registration for processing multicast Action frames
(NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME with NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST) to a
new enum ieee80211_filter_flags bit FIF_MCAST_ACTION so that drivers can
update their RX filter parameters appropriately, if needed.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200421144815.19175-1-jouni@codeaurora.org
[rename variables to rx_mcast_action_reg indicating action frames only]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For DPP, there's a need to receive multicast action frames,
but many drivers need a special filter configuration for this.
Support announcing from userspace in the management registration
that multicast RX is required, with an extended feature flag if
the driver handles this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Sergey Matyukevich <sergey.matyukevich.os@quantenna.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200417124013.c46238801048.Ib041d437ce0bff28a0c6d5dc915f68f1d8591002@changeid
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Almost all drivers below cfg80211 get the API wrong (except for
cfg80211) and are unable to cope with multiple registrations for
the same frame type, which is valid due to the match filter.
This seems to indicate the API is wrong, and we should maintain
the full information in cfg80211 instead of the drivers.
Change the API to no longer inform the driver about individual
registrations and unregistrations, but rather every time about
the entire state of the entire wiphy and single wdev, whenever
it may have changed. This also simplifies the code in cfg80211
as it no longer has to track exactly what was unregistered and
can free things immediately.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Sergey Matyukevich <sergey.matyukevich.os@quantenna.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200417124300.f47f3828afc8.I7f81ef59c2c5a340d7075fb3c6d0e08e8aeffe07@changeid
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Report received Beacon frames that do not have a valid MME MIC when
beacon protection is enabled. This covers both the cases of no MME in
the received frame and invalid MIC in the MME.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200401142548.6990-2-jouni@codeaurora.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Extend cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() to cover indication of unprotected
Beacon frames in addition to the previously used Deauthentication and
Disassociation frames. The Beacon frame case is quite similar, but has
couple of exceptions: this is used both with fully unprotected and also
incorrectly protected frames and there is a rate limit on the events to
avoid unnecessary flooding netlink events in case something goes wrong.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200401142548.6990-1-jouni@codeaurora.org
[add missing kernel-doc]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There are two bugs with this, first, it shouldn't be called
on an interface that's down, and secondly, it should then be
called when the interface comes up.
Note that the currently only user (iwlwifi) doesn't seem to
care about either of these scenarios.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200417111830.401d82c7a0bf.I5dc7d718816460c2d8d89c7af6c215f9e2b3078f@changeid
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Maintain the connection AID only in sdata->vif.bss_conf.aid, not
also in sdata->u.mgd.aid.
Keep setting that where we set ifmgd->aid before, which has the
side effect of exposing the AID to the driver before the station
entry (AP) is marked associated, in case it needs it then.
Requested-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200417123802.085d4a322b0c.I2e7a2ceceea8c6880219f9e9ee4d4ac985fd295a@changeid
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The function sta_info_get_by_idx() uses RCU list primitive.
It is called with local->sta_mtx held from mac80211/cfg.c.
Add lockdep expression to avoid any false positive RCU list warnings.
Signed-off-by: Madhuparna Bhowmik <madhuparnabhowmik10@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200409082906.27427-1-madhuparnabhowmik10@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When fixing the initialization race, we neglected to account for
the fact that debugfs is initialized in wiphy_register(), and
some debugfs things went missing (or rather were rerooted to the
global debugfs root).
Fix this by adding debugfs entries only after wiphy_register().
This requires some changes in the rate control code since it
currently adds debugfs at alloc time, which can no longer be
done after the reordering.
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Reported-by: kernel test robot <rong.a.chen@intel.com>
Reported-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Reported-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: 52e04b4ce5 ("mac80211: fix race in ieee80211_register_hw()")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@linaro.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200423111344.0e00d3346f12.Iadc76a03a55093d94391fc672e996a458702875d@changeid
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When setting the meter rate to 4+Gbps, there is an
overflow, the meters don't work as expected.
Cc: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Cc: Andy Zhou <azhou@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: Tonghao Zhang <xiangxia.m.yue@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Cc: Andy Zhou <azhou@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: Tonghao Zhang <xiangxia.m.yue@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before invoking the ovs_meter_cmd_reply_stats, "meter"
was checked, so don't check it agin in that function.
Cc: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Cc: Andy Zhou <azhou@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: Tonghao Zhang <xiangxia.m.yue@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Don't allow user to create meter unlimitedly, which may cause
to consume a large amount of kernel memory. The max number
supported is decided by physical memory and 20K meters as default.
Cc: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Cc: Andy Zhou <azhou@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: Tonghao Zhang <xiangxia.m.yue@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In kernel datapath of Open vSwitch, there are only 1024
buckets of meter in one datapath. If installing more than
1024 (e.g. 8192) meters, it may lead to the performance drop.
But in some case, for example, Open vSwitch used as edge
gateway, there should be 20K at least, where meters used for
IP address bandwidth limitation.
[Open vSwitch userspace datapath has this issue too.]
For more scalable meter, this patch use meter array instead of
hash tables, and expand/shrink the array when necessary. So we
can install more meters than before in the datapath.
Introducing the struct *dp_meter_instance, it's easy to
expand meter though changing the *ti point in the struct
*dp_meter_table.
Cc: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Cc: Andy Zhou <azhou@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: Tonghao Zhang <xiangxia.m.yue@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
x25_lapb_receive_frame() invokes x25_get_neigh(), which returns a
reference of the specified x25_neigh object to "nb" with increased
refcnt.
When x25_lapb_receive_frame() returns, local variable "nb" becomes
invalid, so the refcount should be decreased to keep refcount balanced.
The reference counting issue happens in one path of
x25_lapb_receive_frame(). When pskb_may_pull() returns false, the
function forgets to decrease the refcnt increased by x25_get_neigh(),
causing a refcnt leak.
Fix this issue by calling x25_neigh_put() when pskb_may_pull() returns
false.
Fixes: cb101ed2c3 ("x25: Handle undersized/fragmented skbs")
Signed-off-by: Xiyu Yang <xiyuyang19@fudan.edu.cn>
Signed-off-by: Xin Tan <tanxin.ctf@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Normal there should be checked for nla_put_in6_addr like other
usage in net.
Detected by CoverityScan, CID# 1461639
Fixes: 01cacb00b3 ("mptcp: add netlink-based PM")
Signed-off-by: Bo YU <tsu.yubo@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
gro_flush_timeout and napi_defer_hard_irqs can be read
from napi_complete_done() while other cpus write the value,
whithout explicit synchronization.
Use READ_ONCE()/WRITE_ONCE() to annotate the races.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Back in commit 3b47d30396 ("net: gro: add a per device gro flush timer")
we added the ability to arm one high resolution timer, that we used
to keep not-complete packets in GRO engine a bit longer, hoping that further
frames might be added to them.
Since then, we added the napi_complete_done() interface, and commit
364b605573 ("net: busy-poll: return busypolling status to drivers")
allowed drivers to avoid re-arming NIC interrupts if we made a promise
that their NAPI poll() handler would be called in the near future.
This infrastructure can be leveraged, thanks to a new device parameter,
which allows to arm the napi hrtimer, instead of re-arming the device
hard IRQ.
We have noticed that on some servers with 32 RX queues or more, the chit-chat
between the NIC and the host caused by IRQ delivery and re-arming could hurt
throughput by ~20% on 100Gbit NIC.
In contrast, hrtimers are using local (percpu) resources and might have lower
cost.
The new tunable, named napi_defer_hard_irqs, is placed in the same hierarchy
than gro_flush_timeout (/sys/class/net/ethX/)
By default, both gro_flush_timeout and napi_defer_hard_irqs are zero.
This patch does not change the prior behavior of gro_flush_timeout
if used alone : NIC hard irqs should be rearmed as before.
One concrete usage can be :
echo 20000 >/sys/class/net/eth1/gro_flush_timeout
echo 10 >/sys/class/net/eth1/napi_defer_hard_irqs
If at least one packet is retired, then we will reset napi counter
to 10 (napi_defer_hard_irqs), ensuring at least 10 periodic scans
of the queue.
On busy queues, this should avoid NIC hard IRQ, while before this patch IRQ
avoidance was only possible if napi->poll() was exhausting its budget
and not call napi_complete_done().
This feature also can be used to work around some non-optimal NIC irq
coalescing strategies.
Having the ability to insert XX usec delays between each napi->poll()
can increase cache efficiency, since we increase batch sizes.
It also keeps serving cpus not idle too long, reducing tail latencies.
Co-developed-by: Luigi Rizzo <lrizzo@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
gro_cells lib is used by different encapsulating netdevices, such as
geneve, macsec, vxlan etc. to speed up decapsulated traffic processing.
CPU tag is a sort of "encapsulation", and we can use the same mechs to
greatly improve overall DSA performance.
skbs are passed to the GRO layer after removing CPU tags, so we don't
need any new packet offload types as it was firstly proposed by me in
the first GRO-over-DSA variant [1].
The size of struct gro_cells is sizeof(void *), so hot struct
dsa_slave_priv becomes only 4/8 bytes bigger, and all critical fields
remain in one 32-byte cacheline.
The other positive side effect is that drivers for network devices
that can be shipped as CPU ports of DSA-driven switches can now use
napi_gro_frags() to pass skbs to kernel. Packets built that way are
completely non-linear and are likely being dropped without GRO.
This was tested on to-be-mainlined-soon Ethernet driver that uses
napi_gro_frags(), and the overall performance was on par with the
variant from [1], sometimes even better due to minimal overhead.
net.core.gro_normal_batch tuning may help to push it to the limit
on particular setups and platforms.
iperf3 IPoE VLAN NAT TCP forwarding (port1.218 -> port0) setup
on 1.2 GHz MIPS board:
5.7-rc2 baseline:
[ID] Interval Transfer Bitrate Retr
[ 5] 0.00-120.01 sec 9.00 GBytes 644 Mbits/sec 413 sender
[ 5] 0.00-120.00 sec 8.99 GBytes 644 Mbits/sec receiver
Iface RX packets TX packets
eth0 7097731 7097702
port0 426050 6671829
port1 6671681 425862
port1.218 6671677 425851
With this patch:
[ID] Interval Transfer Bitrate Retr
[ 5] 0.00-120.01 sec 12.2 GBytes 870 Mbits/sec 122 sender
[ 5] 0.00-120.00 sec 12.2 GBytes 870 Mbits/sec receiver
Iface RX packets TX packets
eth0 9474792 9474777
port0 455200 353288
port1 9019592 455035
port1.218 353144 455024
v2:
- Add some performance examples in the commit message;
- No functional changes.
[1] https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/20191230143028.27313-1-alobakin@dlink.ru/
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <bloodyreaper@yandex.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RFC4862 5.5.3 e) prevents received Router Advertisements from reducing
the Valid Lifetime of configured addresses to less than two hours, thus
preventing hosts from reacting to the information provided by a router
that has positive knowledge that a prefix has become invalid.
This patch makes hosts honor all Valid Lifetime values, as per
draft-gont-6man-slaac-renum-06, Section 4.2. This is meant to help
mitigate the problem discussed in draft-ietf-v6ops-slaac-renum.
Note: Attacks aiming at disabling an advertised prefix via a Valid
Lifetime of 0 are not really more harmful than other attacks
that can be performed via forged RA messages, such as those
aiming at completely disabling a next-hop router via an RA that
advertises a Router Lifetime of 0, or performing a Denial of
Service (DoS) attack by advertising illegitimate prefixes via
forged PIOs. In scenarios where RA-based attacks are of concern,
proper mitigations such as RA-Guard [RFC6105] [RFC7113] should
be implemented.
Signed-off-by: Fernando Gont <fgont@si6networks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Address several use-after-free and memory leak bugs
- Prevent a backchannel livelock
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2.0.22 (GNU/Linux)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=Zoup
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'nfsd-5.7-rc-1' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/cel/cel-2.6
Pull nfsd fixes from Chuck Lever:
"The first set of 5.7-rc fixes for NFS server issues.
These were all unresolved at the time the 5.7 window opened, and
needed some additional time to ensure they were correctly addressed.
They are ready now.
At the moment I know of one more urgent issue regarding the NFS
server. A fix has been tested and is under review. I expect to send
one more pull request, containing this fix (which now consists of 3
patches).
Fixes:
- Address several use-after-free and memory leak bugs
- Prevent a backchannel livelock"
* tag 'nfsd-5.7-rc-1' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/cel/cel-2.6:
svcrdma: Fix leak of svc_rdma_recv_ctxt objects
svcrdma: Fix trace point use-after-free race
SUNRPC: Fix backchannel RPC soft lockups
SUNRPC/cache: Fix unsafe traverse caused double-free in cache_purge
nfsd: memory corruption in nfsd4_lock()
In Commit dd9ee34440 ("vti4: Fix a ipip packet processing bug in
'IPCOMP' virtual tunnel"), it tries to receive IPIP packets in vti
by calling xfrm_input(). This case happens when a small packet or
frag sent by peer is too small to get compressed.
However, xfrm_input() will still get to the IPCOMP path where skb
sec_path is set, but never dropped while it should have been done
in vti_ipcomp4_protocol.cb_handler(vti_rcv_cb), as it's not an
ipcomp4 packet. This will cause that the packet can never pass
xfrm4_policy_check() in the upper protocol rcv functions.
So this patch is to call ip_tunnel_rcv() to process IPIP packets
instead.
Fixes: dd9ee34440 ("vti4: Fix a ipip packet processing bug in 'IPCOMP' virtual tunnel")
Reported-by: Xiumei Mu <xmu@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
The NetLabel Tools project has moved from http://netlabel.sf.net to a
GitHub project. Update to directly refer to the new home for the tools.
Signed-off-by: Salvatore Bonaccorso <carnil@debian.org>
Acked-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The data fin flag is set only via a DSS option, but
mptcp_incoming_options() copies it unconditionally from the
provided RX options.
Since we do not clear all the mptcp sock RX options in a
socket free/alloc cycle, we can end-up with a stray data_fin
value while parsing e.g. MPC packets.
That would lead to mapping data corruption and will trigger
a few WARN_ON() in the RX path.
Instead of adding a costly memset(), fetch the data_fin flag
only for DSS packets - when we always explicitly initialize
such bit at option parsing time.
Fixes: 648ef4b886 ("mptcp: Implement MPTCP receive path")
Reviewed-by: Mat Martineau <mathew.j.martineau@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix the following coccicheck warning:
net/caif/caif_dev.c:410:2-13: WARNING: Assignment of 0/1 to bool
variable
net/caif/caif_dev.c:445:2-13: WARNING: Assignment of 0/1 to bool
variable
net/caif/caif_dev.c:145:1-12: WARNING: Assignment of 0/1 to bool
variable
net/caif/caif_dev.c:223:1-12: WARNING: Assignment of 0/1 to bool
variable
Signed-off-by: Jason Yan <yanaijie@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When starting shutdown in sctp_sf_do_dupcook_a(), get the value for
SHUTDOWN Cumulative TSN Ack from the new association, which is
reconstructed from the cookie, instead of the old association, which
the peer doesn't have anymore.
Otherwise the SHUTDOWN is either ignored or replied to with an ABORT
by the peer because CTSN Ack doesn't match the peer's Initial TSN.
Fixes: bdf6fa52f0 ("sctp: handle association restarts when the socket is closed.")
Signed-off-by: Jere Leppänen <jere.leppanen@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we start shutdown in sctp_sf_do_dupcook_a(), we want to bundle
the SHUTDOWN with the COOKIE-ACK to ensure that the peer receives them
at the same time and in the correct order. This bundling was broken by
commit 4ff40b8626 ("sctp: set chunk transport correctly when it's a
new asoc"), which assigns a transport for the COOKIE-ACK, but not for
the SHUTDOWN.
Fix this by passing a reference to the COOKIE-ACK chunk as an argument
to sctp_sf_do_9_2_start_shutdown() and onward to
sctp_make_shutdown(). This way the SHUTDOWN chunk is assigned the same
transport as the COOKIE-ACK chunk, which allows them to be bundled.
In sctp_sf_do_9_2_start_shutdown(), the void *arg parameter was
previously unused. Now that we're taking it into use, it must be a
valid pointer to a chunk, or NULL. There is only one call site where
it's not, in sctp_sf_autoclose_timer_expire(). Fix that too.
Fixes: 4ff40b8626 ("sctp: set chunk transport correctly when it's a new asoc")
Signed-off-by: Jere Leppänen <jere.leppanen@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no reason to fail the probing of the switch if the MTU couldn't
be configured correctly (either the switch port itself, or the host
port) for whatever reason. MTU-sized traffic probably won't work, sure,
but we can still probably limp on and support some form of communication
anyway, which the users would probably appreciate more.
Fixes: bfcb813203 ("net: dsa: configure the MTU for switch ports")
Reported-by: Oleksij Rempel <o.rempel@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add tracepoint support for QRTR with NS as the first candidate. Later on
this can be extended to core QRTR and transport drivers.
The trace_printk() used in NS has been replaced by tracepoints.
Signed-off-by: Manivannan Sadhasivam <manivannan.sadhasivam@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net/ipv6/ila/ila_xlat.c:604:0: warning: macro "ILA_HASH_TABLE_SIZE" is not used [-Wunused-macros]
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the act_ct SW offload in flowtable, The counter of the conntrack
entry will never update. So update the nf_conn_acct conuter in act_ct
flowtable software offload.
Signed-off-by: wenxu <wenxu@ucloud.cn>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPSKB_XFRM_TRANSFORMED and IP6SKB_XFRM_TRANSFORMED are skb flags set by
xfrm code to tell other skb handlers that the packet has been passed
through the xfrm output functions. Simplify the code and just always
set them rather than conditionally based on netfilter enabled thus
making the flag available for other users.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rpc_clnt_test_and_add_xprt() invokes rpc_call_null_helper(), which
return the value of rpc_run_task() to "task". Since rpc_run_task() is
impossible to return an ERR pointer, there is no need to add the
IS_ERR() condition on "task" here. So we need to remove it.
Fixes: 7f55489058 ("SUNRPC: Allow addition of new transports to a struct rpc_clnt")
Signed-off-by: Xiyu Yang <xiyuyang19@fudan.edu.cn>
Signed-off-by: Xin Tan <tanxin.ctf@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@hammerspace.com>
Commit 018d26fcd1 ("cgroup, netclassid: periodically release file_lock
on classid") added a second cond_resched to write_classid indirectly by
update_classid_task. Remove the one in write_classid.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Slaby <jslaby@suse.cz>
Cc: Dmitry Yakunin <zeil@yandex-team.ru>
Cc: Konstantin Khlebnikov <khlebnikov@yandex-team.ru>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Get rid of linux/vermagic.h includes, so that MODULE_ARCH_VERMAGIC from
the arch header arch/x86/include/asm/module.h won't be redefined.
In file included from ./include/linux/module.h:30,
from drivers/net/ethernet/3com/3c515.c:56:
./arch/x86/include/asm/module.h:73: warning: "MODULE_ARCH_VERMAGIC"
redefined
73 | # define MODULE_ARCH_VERMAGIC MODULE_PROC_FAMILY
|
In file included from drivers/net/ethernet/3com/3c515.c:25:
./include/linux/vermagic.h:28: note: this is the location of the
previous definition
28 | #define MODULE_ARCH_VERMAGIC ""
|
Fixes: 6bba2e89a8 ("net/3com: Delete driver and module versions from 3com drivers")
Co-developed-by: Borislav Petkov <bp@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Borislav Petkov <bp@suse.de>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io> # ionic
Acked-by: Sebastian Reichel <sre@kernel.org> # power
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter fixes for net:
1) flow_block_cb memleak in nf_flow_table_offload_del_cb(), from Roi Dayan.
2) Fix error path handling in nf_nat_inet_register_fn(), from Hillf Danton.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
batadv_v_ogm_process() invokes batadv_hardif_neigh_get(), which returns
a reference of the neighbor object to "hardif_neigh" with increased
refcount.
When batadv_v_ogm_process() returns, "hardif_neigh" becomes invalid, so
the refcount should be decreased to keep refcount balanced.
The reference counting issue happens in one exception handling paths of
batadv_v_ogm_process(). When batadv_v_ogm_orig_get() fails to get the
orig node and returns NULL, the refcnt increased by
batadv_hardif_neigh_get() is not decreased, causing a refcnt leak.
Fix this issue by jumping to "out" label when batadv_v_ogm_orig_get()
fails to get the orig node.
Fixes: 9323158ef9 ("batman-adv: OGMv2 - implement originators logic")
Signed-off-by: Xiyu Yang <xiyuyang19@fudan.edu.cn>
Signed-off-by: Xin Tan <tanxin.ctf@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
batadv_show_throughput_override() invokes batadv_hardif_get_by_netdev(),
which gets a batadv_hard_iface object from net_dev with increased refcnt
and its reference is assigned to a local pointer 'hard_iface'.
When batadv_store_throughput_override() returns, "hard_iface" becomes
invalid, so the refcount should be decreased to keep refcount balanced.
The issue happens in one error path of
batadv_store_throughput_override(). When batadv_parse_throughput()
returns NULL, the refcnt increased by batadv_hardif_get_by_netdev() is
not decreased, causing a refcnt leak.
Fix this issue by jumping to "out" label when batadv_parse_throughput()
returns NULL.
Fixes: 0b5ecc6811 ("batman-adv: add throughput override attribute to hard_ifaces")
Signed-off-by: Xiyu Yang <xiyuyang19@fudan.edu.cn>
Signed-off-by: Xin Tan <tanxin.ctf@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
batadv_show_throughput_override() invokes batadv_hardif_get_by_netdev(),
which gets a batadv_hard_iface object from net_dev with increased refcnt
and its reference is assigned to a local pointer 'hard_iface'.
When batadv_show_throughput_override() returns, "hard_iface" becomes
invalid, so the refcount should be decreased to keep refcount balanced.
The issue happens in the normal path of
batadv_show_throughput_override(), which forgets to decrease the refcnt
increased by batadv_hardif_get_by_netdev() before the function returns,
causing a refcnt leak.
Fix this issue by calling batadv_hardif_put() before the
batadv_show_throughput_override() returns in the normal path.
Fixes: 0b5ecc6811 ("batman-adv: add throughput override attribute to hard_ifaces")
Signed-off-by: Xiyu Yang <xiyuyang19@fudan.edu.cn>
Signed-off-by: Xin Tan <tanxin.ctf@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
